blob: 357fc4596ecc7b802ab278bc6131067b4fc5c1c5 [file] [log] [blame]
Peter Maydell3c95fde2020-03-06 17:17:44 +00001HXCOMM Use DEFHEADING() to define headings in both help text and rST.
2HXCOMM Text between SRST and ERST is copied to the rST version and
3HXCOMM discarded from C version.
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004HXCOMM DEF(option, HAS_ARG/0, opt_enum, opt_help, arch_mask) is used to
5HXCOMM construct option structures, enums and help message for specified
6HXCOMM architectures.
Peter Maydell3c95fde2020-03-06 17:17:44 +00007HXCOMM HXCOMM can be used for comments, discarded from both rST and C.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00008
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02009DEFHEADING(Standard options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000010
11DEF("help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_h,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000012 "-h or -help display this help and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000013SRST
14``-h``
15 Display help and exit
16ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000017
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000018DEF("version", 0, QEMU_OPTION_version,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000019 "-version display version information and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000020SRST
21``-version``
22 Display version information and exit
23ERST
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000024
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020025DEF("machine", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_machine, \
26 "-machine [type=]name[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +010027 " selects emulated machine ('-machine help' for list)\n"
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020028 " property accel=accel1[:accel2[:...]] selects accelerator\n"
Justin Terry (VM)d661d9a2018-01-22 13:07:46 -080029 " supported accelerators are kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg (default: tcg)\n"
Don Slutzd1048be2014-11-21 11:18:52 -050030 " vmport=on|off|auto controls emulation of vmport (default: auto)\n"
Luiz Capitulino8490fc72012-09-05 16:50:16 -030031 " dump-guest-core=on|off include guest memory in a core dump (default=on)\n"
Le Tana52a7fd2014-08-16 13:55:40 +080032 " mem-merge=on|off controls memory merge support (default: on)\n"
Tony Krowiak2eb1cd02015-03-12 13:53:51 +010033 " aes-key-wrap=on|off controls support for AES key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Alexander Graf9850c602015-02-23 13:56:42 +010034 " dea-key-wrap=on|off controls support for DEA key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Xiao Guangrong87252e12015-12-02 15:20:58 +080035 " suppress-vmdesc=on|off disables self-describing migration (default=off)\n"
Greg Kurz902c0532016-02-18 12:32:25 +010036 " nvdimm=on|off controls NVDIMM support (default=off)\n"
Tao Xu244b3f42019-12-13 09:19:22 +080037 " memory-encryption=@var{} memory encryption object to use (default=none)\n"
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -050038 " hmat=on|off controls ACPI HMAT support (default=off)\n"
39 " memory-backend='backend-id' specifies explicitly provided backend for main RAM (default=none)\n",
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020040 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000041SRST
42``-machine [type=]name[,prop=value[,...]]``
43 Select the emulated machine by name. Use ``-machine help`` to list
44 available machines.
45
46 For architectures which aim to support live migration compatibility
47 across releases, each release will introduce a new versioned machine
48 type. For example, the 2.8.0 release introduced machine types
49 "pc-i440fx-2.8" and "pc-q35-2.8" for the x86\_64/i686 architectures.
50
51 To allow live migration of guests from QEMU version 2.8.0, to QEMU
52 version 2.9.0, the 2.9.0 version must support the "pc-i440fx-2.8"
53 and "pc-q35-2.8" machines too. To allow users live migrating VMs to
54 skip multiple intermediate releases when upgrading, new releases of
55 QEMU will support machine types from many previous versions.
56
57 Supported machine properties are:
58
59 ``accel=accels1[:accels2[:...]]``
60 This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target
61 architecture, kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg can be available.
62 By default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator
63 specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to
64 initialize.
65
66 ``vmport=on|off|auto``
67 Enables emulation of VMWare IO port, for vmmouse etc. auto says
68 to select the value based on accel. For accel=xen the default is
69 off otherwise the default is on.
70
71 ``dump-guest-core=on|off``
72 Include guest memory in a core dump. The default is on.
73
74 ``mem-merge=on|off``
75 Enables or disables memory merge support. This feature, when
76 supported by the host, de-duplicates identical memory pages
77 among VMs instances (enabled by default).
78
79 ``aes-key-wrap=on|off``
80 Enables or disables AES key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts.
81 This feature controls whether AES wrapping keys will be created
82 to allow execution of AES cryptographic functions. The default
83 is on.
84
85 ``dea-key-wrap=on|off``
86 Enables or disables DEA key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts.
87 This feature controls whether DEA wrapping keys will be created
88 to allow execution of DEA cryptographic functions. The default
89 is on.
90
91 ``nvdimm=on|off``
92 Enables or disables NVDIMM support. The default is off.
93
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000094 ``memory-encryption=``
95 Memory encryption object to use. The default is none.
96
97 ``hmat=on|off``
98 Enables or disables ACPI Heterogeneous Memory Attribute Table
99 (HMAT) support. The default is off.
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500100
101 ``memory-backend='id'``
102 An alternative to legacy ``-mem-path`` and ``mem-prealloc`` options.
103 Allows to use a memory backend as main RAM.
104
105 For example:
106 ::
107 -object memory-backend-file,id=pc.ram,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,prealloc=on,share=on
108 -machine memory-backend=pc.ram
109 -m 512M
110
111 Migration compatibility note:
112 a) as backend id one shall use value of 'default-ram-id', advertised by
113 machine type (available via ``query-machines`` QMP command), if migration
114 to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected.
115 b) for machine types 4.0 and older, user shall
116 use ``x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off`` backend option
117 if migration to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected.
118 For example:
119 ::
120 -object memory-backend-ram,id=pc.ram,size=512M,x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off
121 -machine memory-backend=pc.ram
122 -m 512M
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000123ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000124
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +0200125HXCOMM Deprecated by -machine
126DEF("M", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_M, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
127
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000128DEF("cpu", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cpu,
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +0100129 "-cpu cpu select CPU ('-cpu help' for list)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000130SRST
131``-cpu model``
132 Select CPU model (``-cpu help`` for list and additional feature
133 selection)
134ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000135
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000136DEF("accel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_accel,
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100137 "-accel [accel=]accelerator[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Justin Terry (VM)d661d9a2018-01-22 13:07:46 -0800138 " select accelerator (kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg; use 'help' for a list)\n"
Paolo Bonzini46472d82019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100139 " igd-passthru=on|off (enable Xen integrated Intel graphics passthrough, default=off)\n"
Paolo Bonzini11bc4a12019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100140 " kernel-irqchip=on|off|split controls accelerated irqchip support (default=on)\n"
Paolo Bonzini23b08982019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100141 " kvm-shadow-mem=size of KVM shadow MMU in bytes\n"
Richard Hendersona35b3e12020-10-28 20:50:29 -0700142 " split-wx=on|off (enable TCG split w^x mapping)\n"
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100143 " tb-size=n (TCG translation block cache size)\n"
Eduardo Habkost0b3c5c82018-06-11 16:56:07 -0300144 " thread=single|multi (enable multi-threaded TCG)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000145SRST
146``-accel name[,prop=value[,...]]``
147 This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target
148 architecture, kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg can be available. By
149 default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator
150 specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to
151 initialize.
152
153 ``igd-passthru=on|off``
154 When Xen is in use, this option controls whether Intel
155 integrated graphics devices can be passed through to the guest
156 (default=off)
157
158 ``kernel-irqchip=on|off|split``
159 Controls KVM in-kernel irqchip support. The default is full
160 acceleration of the interrupt controllers. On x86, split irqchip
161 reduces the kernel attack surface, at a performance cost for
162 non-MSI interrupts. Disabling the in-kernel irqchip completely
163 is not recommended except for debugging purposes.
164
165 ``kvm-shadow-mem=size``
166 Defines the size of the KVM shadow MMU.
167
Richard Hendersona35b3e12020-10-28 20:50:29 -0700168 ``split-wx=on|off``
169 Controls the use of split w^x mapping for the TCG code generation
170 buffer. Some operating systems require this to be enabled, and in
171 such a case this will default on. On other operating systems, this
172 will default off, but one may enable this for testing or debugging.
173
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000174 ``tb-size=n``
175 Controls the size (in MiB) of the TCG translation block cache.
176
177 ``thread=single|multi``
178 Controls number of TCG threads. When the TCG is multi-threaded
Michael Tokarevcba42d62021-03-09 14:15:10 +0300179 there will be one thread per vCPU therefore taking advantage of
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000180 additional host cores. The default is to enable multi-threading
181 where both the back-end and front-ends support it and no
182 incompatible TCG features have been enabled (e.g.
183 icount/replay).
184ERST
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000185
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000186DEF("smp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smp,
Like Xu1b458422019-06-20 13:45:25 +0800187 "-smp [cpus=]n[,maxcpus=cpus][,cores=cores][,threads=threads][,dies=dies][,sockets=sockets]\n"
Jes Sorensen6be68d72009-07-23 17:03:42 +0200188 " set the number of CPUs to 'n' [default=1]\n"
189 " maxcpus= maximum number of total cpus, including\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -0700190 " offline CPUs for hotplug, etc\n"
Like Xu1b458422019-06-20 13:45:25 +0800191 " cores= number of CPU cores on one socket (for PC, it's on one die)\n"
Andre Przywara58a04db2009-08-28 10:49:57 +0200192 " threads= number of threads on one CPU core\n"
Like Xu1b458422019-06-20 13:45:25 +0800193 " dies= number of CPU dies on one socket (for PC only)\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000194 " sockets= number of discrete sockets in the system\n",
195 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000196SRST
197``-smp [cpus=]n[,cores=cores][,threads=threads][,dies=dies][,sockets=sockets][,maxcpus=maxcpus]``
198 Simulate an SMP system with n CPUs. On the PC target, up to 255 CPUs
199 are supported. On Sparc32 target, Linux limits the number of usable
200 CPUs to 4. For the PC target, the number of cores per die, the
201 number of threads per cores, the number of dies per packages and the
202 total number of sockets can be specified. Missing values will be
203 computed. If any on the three values is given, the total number of
204 CPUs n can be omitted. maxcpus specifies the maximum number of
205 hotpluggable CPUs.
206ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000207
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000208DEF("numa", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_numa,
Tao Xu244b3f42019-12-13 09:19:22 +0800209 "-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n"
210 "-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n"
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100211 "-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance\n"
Liu Jingqi9b12dfa2019-12-13 09:19:23 +0800212 "-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]\n"
Liu Jingqic412a482019-12-13 09:19:24 +0800213 "-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=memory|first-level|second-level|third-level,data-type=access-latency|read-latency|write-latency[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]\n"
214 "-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=none|direct|complex][,policy=none|write-back|write-through][,line=size]\n",
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100215 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000216SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000217``-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]``
218 \
219``-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]``
220 \
221``-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance``
222 \
223``-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]``
224 \
225``-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=hierarchy,data-type=tpye[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]``
226 \
227``-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=str][,policy=str][,line=size]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000228 Define a NUMA node and assign RAM and VCPUs to it. Set the NUMA
229 distance from a source node to a destination node. Set the ACPI
230 Heterogeneous Memory Attributes for the given nodes.
231
232 Legacy VCPU assignment uses '\ ``cpus``\ ' option where firstcpu and
233 lastcpu are CPU indexes. Each '\ ``cpus``\ ' option represent a
234 contiguous range of CPU indexes (or a single VCPU if lastcpu is
235 omitted). A non-contiguous set of VCPUs can be represented by
236 providing multiple '\ ``cpus``\ ' options. If '\ ``cpus``\ ' is
237 omitted on all nodes, VCPUs are automatically split between them.
238
239 For example, the following option assigns VCPUs 0, 1, 2 and 5 to a
240 NUMA node:
241
242 ::
243
244 -numa node,cpus=0-2,cpus=5
245
246 '\ ``cpu``\ ' option is a new alternative to '\ ``cpus``\ ' option
247 which uses '\ ``socket-id|core-id|thread-id``\ ' properties to
248 assign CPU objects to a node using topology layout properties of
249 CPU. The set of properties is machine specific, and depends on used
250 machine type/'\ ``smp``\ ' options. It could be queried with
251 '\ ``hotpluggable-cpus``\ ' monitor command. '\ ``node-id``\ '
252 property specifies node to which CPU object will be assigned, it's
253 required for node to be declared with '\ ``node``\ ' option before
254 it's used with '\ ``cpu``\ ' option.
255
256 For example:
257
258 ::
259
260 -M pc \
261 -smp 1,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
262 -numa node,nodeid=0 -numa node,nodeid=1 \
263 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 -numa cpu,node-id=1,socket-id=1
264
Igor Mammedov32a354d2020-06-09 09:56:35 -0400265 Legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' assigns a given RAM amount to a node (not supported
266 for 5.1 and newer machine types). '\ ``memdev``\ ' assigns RAM from
267 a given memory backend device to a node. If '\ ``mem``\ ' and
268 '\ ``memdev``\ ' are omitted in all nodes, RAM is split equally between them.
269
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000270
271 '\ ``mem``\ ' and '\ ``memdev``\ ' are mutually exclusive.
272 Furthermore, if one node uses '\ ``memdev``\ ', all of them have to
273 use it.
274
275 '\ ``initiator``\ ' is an additional option that points to an
276 initiator NUMA node that has best performance (the lowest latency or
277 largest bandwidth) to this NUMA node. Note that this option can be
278 set only when the machine property 'hmat' is set to 'on'.
279
280 Following example creates a machine with 2 NUMA nodes, node 0 has
281 CPU. node 1 has only memory, and its initiator is node 0. Note that
282 because node 0 has CPU, by default the initiator of node 0 is itself
283 and must be itself.
284
285 ::
286
287 -machine hmat=on \
288 -m 2G,slots=2,maxmem=4G \
289 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \
290 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \
291 -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \
292 -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \
293 -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
294 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \
295 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1
296
297 source and destination are NUMA node IDs. distance is the NUMA
298 distance from source to destination. The distance from a node to
299 itself is always 10. If any pair of nodes is given a distance, then
300 all pairs must be given distances. Although, when distances are only
301 given in one direction for each pair of nodes, then the distances in
302 the opposite directions are assumed to be the same. If, however, an
303 asymmetrical pair of distances is given for even one node pair, then
304 all node pairs must be provided distance values for both directions,
305 even when they are symmetrical. When a node is unreachable from
306 another node, set the pair's distance to 255.
307
308 Note that the -``numa`` option doesn't allocate any of the specified
309 resources, it just assigns existing resources to NUMA nodes. This
310 means that one still has to use the ``-m``, ``-smp`` options to
311 allocate RAM and VCPUs respectively.
312
313 Use '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' to set System Locality Latency and Bandwidth
314 Information between initiator and target NUMA nodes in ACPI
315 Heterogeneous Attribute Memory Table (HMAT). Initiator NUMA node can
316 create memory requests, usually it has one or more processors.
317 Target NUMA node contains addressable memory.
318
319 In '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' option, node are NUMA node IDs. hierarchy is
320 the memory hierarchy of the target NUMA node: if hierarchy is
321 'memory', the structure represents the memory performance; if
322 hierarchy is 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', this
323 structure represents aggregated performance of memory side caches
324 for each domain. type of 'data-type' is type of data represented by
325 this structure instance: if 'hierarchy' is 'memory', 'data-type' is
326 'access\|read\|write' latency or 'access\|read\|write' bandwidth of
327 the target memory; if 'hierarchy' is
328 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', 'data-type' is
329 'access\|read\|write' hit latency or 'access\|read\|write' hit
330 bandwidth of the target memory side cache.
331
332 lat is latency value in nanoseconds. bw is bandwidth value, the
333 possible value and units are NUM[M\|G\|T], mean that the bandwidth
334 value are NUM byte per second (or MB/s, GB/s or TB/s depending on
335 used suffix). Note that if latency or bandwidth value is 0, means
336 the corresponding latency or bandwidth information is not provided.
337
338 In '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option, node-id is the NUMA-id of the memory
339 belongs. size is the size of memory side cache in bytes. level is
340 the cache level described in this structure, note that the cache
341 level 0 should not be used with '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option.
342 associativity is the cache associativity, the possible value is
343 'none/direct(direct-mapped)/complex(complex cache indexing)'. policy
344 is the write policy. line is the cache Line size in bytes.
345
346 For example, the following options describe 2 NUMA nodes. Node 0 has
347 2 cpus and a ram, node 1 has only a ram. The processors in node 0
348 access memory in node 0 with access-latency 5 nanoseconds,
349 access-bandwidth is 200 MB/s; The processors in NUMA node 0 access
350 memory in NUMA node 1 with access-latency 10 nanoseconds,
351 access-bandwidth is 100 MB/s. And for memory side cache information,
352 NUMA node 0 and 1 both have 1 level memory cache, size is 10KB,
353 policy is write-back, the cache Line size is 8 bytes:
354
355 ::
356
357 -machine hmat=on \
358 -m 2G \
359 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \
360 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \
361 -smp 2 \
362 -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \
363 -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \
364 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \
365 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1 \
366 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=5 \
367 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=200M \
368 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=10 \
369 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=100M \
370 -numa hmat-cache,node-id=0,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8 \
371 -numa hmat-cache,node-id=1,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8
372ERST
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000373
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100374DEF("add-fd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_add_fd,
375 "-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]\n"
376 " Add 'fd' to fd 'set'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000377SRST
378``-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]``
379 Add a file descriptor to an fd set. Valid options are:
380
381 ``fd=fd``
382 This option defines the file descriptor of which a duplicate is
383 added to fd set. The file descriptor cannot be stdin, stdout, or
384 stderr.
385
386 ``set=set``
387 This option defines the ID of the fd set to add the file
388 descriptor to.
389
390 ``opaque=opaque``
391 This option defines a free-form string that can be used to
392 describe fd.
393
394 You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd
395 set:
396
397 .. parsed-literal::
398
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +0200399 |qemu_system| \\
400 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\
401 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000402 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
403ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100404
405DEF("set", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_set,
406 "-set group.id.arg=value\n"
407 " set <arg> parameter for item <id> of type <group>\n"
408 " i.e. -set drive.$id.file=/path/to/image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000409SRST
410``-set group.id.arg=value``
411 Set parameter arg for item id of type group
412ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100413
414DEF("global", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_global,
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200415 "-global driver.property=value\n"
416 "-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100417 " set a global default for a driver property\n",
418 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000419SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000420``-global driver.prop=value``
421 \
422``-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000423 Set default value of driver's property prop to value, e.g.:
424
425 .. parsed-literal::
426
427 |qemu_system_x86| -global ide-hd.physical_block_size=4096 disk-image.img
428
429 In particular, you can use this to set driver properties for devices
430 which are created automatically by the machine model. To create a
431 device which is not created automatically and set properties on it,
432 use -``device``.
433
434 -global driver.prop=value is shorthand for -global
435 driver=driver,property=prop,value=value. The longhand syntax works
436 even when driver contains a dot.
437ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100438
439DEF("boot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_boot,
440 "-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off]\n"
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800441 " [,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_time][,strict=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100442 " 'drives': floppy (a), hard disk (c), CD-ROM (d), network (n)\n"
443 " 'sp_name': the file's name that would be passed to bios as logo picture, if menu=on\n"
444 " 'sp_time': the period that splash picture last if menu=on, unit is ms\n"
445 " 'rb_timeout': the timeout before guest reboot when boot failed, unit is ms\n",
446 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000447SRST
448``-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off][,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_timeout][,strict=on|off]``
449 Specify boot order drives as a string of drive letters. Valid drive
450 letters depend on the target architecture. The x86 PC uses: a, b
451 (floppy 1 and 2), c (first hard disk), d (first CD-ROM), n-p
452 (Etherboot from network adapter 1-4), hard disk boot is the default.
453 To apply a particular boot order only on the first startup, specify
454 it via ``once``. Note that the ``order`` or ``once`` parameter
455 should not be used together with the ``bootindex`` property of
456 devices, since the firmware implementations normally do not support
457 both at the same time.
458
459 Interactive boot menus/prompts can be enabled via ``menu=on`` as far
460 as firmware/BIOS supports them. The default is non-interactive boot.
461
462 A splash picture could be passed to bios, enabling user to show it
463 as logo, when option splash=sp\_name is given and menu=on, If
464 firmware/BIOS supports them. Currently Seabios for X86 system
465 support it. limitation: The splash file could be a jpeg file or a
466 BMP file in 24 BPP format(true color). The resolution should be
467 supported by the SVGA mode, so the recommended is 320x240, 640x480,
468 800x640.
469
470 A timeout could be passed to bios, guest will pause for rb\_timeout
471 ms when boot failed, then reboot. If rb\_timeout is '-1', guest will
472 not reboot, qemu passes '-1' to bios by default. Currently Seabios
473 for X86 system support it.
474
475 Do strict boot via ``strict=on`` as far as firmware/BIOS supports
476 it. This only effects when boot priority is changed by bootindex
477 options. The default is non-strict boot.
478
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000479 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000480
481 # try to boot from network first, then from hard disk
482 |qemu_system_x86| -boot order=nc
483 # boot from CD-ROM first, switch back to default order after reboot
484 |qemu_system_x86| -boot once=d
485 # boot with a splash picture for 5 seconds.
486 |qemu_system_x86| -boot menu=on,splash=/root/boot.bmp,splash-time=5000
487
488 Note: The legacy format '-boot drives' is still supported but its
489 use is discouraged as it may be removed from future versions.
490ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100491
492DEF("m", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_m,
Michael Tokarev89f3ea22016-11-10 17:51:32 +0300493 "-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]\n"
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100494 " configure guest RAM\n"
Alexander Graf0daba1f2015-06-05 11:05:03 +0200495 " size: initial amount of guest memory\n"
Igor Mammedovc270fb92014-06-02 15:25:02 +0200496 " slots: number of hotplug slots (default: none)\n"
Matthew Rosatob6fe0122014-08-28 11:25:33 -0400497 " maxmem: maximum amount of guest memory (default: none)\n"
498 "NOTE: Some architectures might enforce a specific granularity\n",
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100499 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000500SRST
501``-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]``
502 Sets guest startup RAM size to megs megabytes. Default is 128 MiB.
503 Optionally, a suffix of "M" or "G" can be used to signify a value in
504 megabytes or gigabytes respectively. Optional pair slots, maxmem
505 could be used to set amount of hotpluggable memory slots and maximum
506 amount of memory. Note that maxmem must be aligned to the page size.
507
508 For example, the following command-line sets the guest startup RAM
509 size to 1GB, creates 3 slots to hotplug additional memory and sets
510 the maximum memory the guest can reach to 4GB:
511
512 .. parsed-literal::
513
514 |qemu_system| -m 1G,slots=3,maxmem=4G
515
516 If slots and maxmem are not specified, memory hotplug won't be
517 enabled and the guest startup RAM will never increase.
518ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100519
520DEF("mem-path", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mempath,
521 "-mem-path FILE provide backing storage for guest RAM\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000522SRST
523``-mem-path path``
524 Allocate guest RAM from a temporarily created file in path.
525ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100526
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100527DEF("mem-prealloc", 0, QEMU_OPTION_mem_prealloc,
528 "-mem-prealloc preallocate guest memory (use with -mem-path)\n",
529 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000530SRST
531``-mem-prealloc``
532 Preallocate memory when using -mem-path.
533ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100534
535DEF("k", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_k,
536 "-k language use keyboard layout (for example 'fr' for French)\n",
537 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000538SRST
539``-k language``
540 Use keyboard layout language (for example ``fr`` for French). This
541 option is only needed where it is not easy to get raw PC keycodes
542 (e.g. on Macs, with some X11 servers or with a VNC or curses
543 display). You don't normally need to use it on PC/Linux or
544 PC/Windows hosts.
545
546 The available layouts are:
547
548 ::
549
550 ar de-ch es fo fr-ca hu ja mk no pt-br sv
551 da en-gb et fr fr-ch is lt nl pl ru th
552 de en-us fi fr-be hr it lv nl-be pt sl tr
553
554 The default is ``en-us``.
555ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100556
557
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100558HXCOMM Deprecated by -audiodev
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100559DEF("audio-help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_audio_help,
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100560 "-audio-help show -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified audio settings\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100561 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000562SRST
563``-audio-help``
564 Will show the -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified
565 (deprecated) environment variables.
566ERST
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100567
568DEF("audiodev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audiodev,
569 "-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
570 " specifies the audio backend to use\n"
571 " id= identifier of the backend\n"
572 " timer-period= timer period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltán8efac072019-10-13 21:57:58 +0200573 " in|out.mixing-engine= use mixing engine to mix streams inside QEMU\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100574 " in|out.fixed-settings= use fixed settings for host audio\n"
575 " in|out.frequency= frequency to use with fixed settings\n"
576 " in|out.channels= number of channels to use with fixed settings\n"
577 " in|out.format= sample format to use with fixed settings\n"
Volker RĂĽmelin49f77e62020-03-08 20:33:21 +0100578 " valid values: s8, s16, s32, u8, u16, u32, f32\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100579 " in|out.voices= number of voices to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi86247252019-09-18 10:53:33 +0100580 " in|out.buffer-length= length of buffer in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100581 "-audiodev none,id=id,[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
582 " dummy driver that discards all output\n"
583#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_ALSA
584 "-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
585 " in|out.dev= name of the audio device to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczidfc54342019-09-18 10:53:35 +0100586 " in|out.period-length= length of period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100587 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
588 " threshold= threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts\n"
589#endif
590#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_COREAUDIO
591 "-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
592 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
593#endif
594#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_DSOUND
595 "-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
596 " latency= add extra latency to playback in microseconds\n"
597#endif
598#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_OSS
599 "-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
600 " in|out.dev= path of the audio device to use\n"
601 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
602 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
603 " try-mmap= try using memory mapped access\n"
604 " exclusive= open device in exclusive mode\n"
605 " dsp-policy= set timing policy (0..10), -1 to use fragment mode\n"
606#endif
607#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_PA
608 "-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
609 " server= PulseAudio server address\n"
610 " in|out.name= source/sink device name\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi14d4f012019-10-04 13:56:41 +0100611 " in|out.latency= desired latency in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100612#endif
613#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SDL
614 "-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Volker RĂĽmelin5a0926c2021-01-10 11:02:19 +0100615 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100616#endif
617#ifdef CONFIG_SPICE
618 "-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
619#endif
620 "-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
621 " path= path of wav file to record\n",
622 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000623SRST
624``-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
625 Adds a new audio backend driver identified by id. There are global
626 and driver specific properties. Some values can be set differently
627 for input and output, they're marked with ``in|out.``. You can set
628 the input's property with ``in.prop`` and the output's property with
629 ``out.prop``. For example:
630
631 ::
632
633 -audiodev alsa,id=example,in.frequency=44110,out.frequency=8000
634 -audiodev alsa,id=example,out.channels=1 # leaves in.channels unspecified
635
636 NOTE: parameter validation is known to be incomplete, in many cases
637 specifying an invalid option causes QEMU to print an error message
638 and continue emulation without sound.
639
640 Valid global options are:
641
642 ``id=identifier``
643 Identifies the audio backend.
644
645 ``timer-period=period``
646 Sets the timer period used by the audio subsystem in
647 microseconds. Default is 10000 (10 ms).
648
649 ``in|out.mixing-engine=on|off``
650 Use QEMU's mixing engine to mix all streams inside QEMU and
651 convert audio formats when not supported by the backend. When
652 off, fixed-settings must be off too. Note that disabling this
653 option means that the selected backend must support multiple
654 streams and the audio formats used by the virtual cards,
655 otherwise you'll get no sound. It's not recommended to disable
656 this option unless you want to use 5.1 or 7.1 audio, as mixing
657 engine only supports mono and stereo audio. Default is on.
658
659 ``in|out.fixed-settings=on|off``
660 Use fixed settings for host audio. When off, it will change
661 based on how the guest opens the sound card. In this case you
662 must not specify frequency, channels or format. Default is on.
663
664 ``in|out.frequency=frequency``
665 Specify the frequency to use when using fixed-settings. Default
666 is 44100Hz.
667
668 ``in|out.channels=channels``
669 Specify the number of channels to use when using fixed-settings.
670 Default is 2 (stereo).
671
672 ``in|out.format=format``
673 Specify the sample format to use when using fixed-settings.
674 Valid values are: ``s8``, ``s16``, ``s32``, ``u8``, ``u16``,
Volker RĂĽmelin49f77e62020-03-08 20:33:21 +0100675 ``u32``, ``f32``. Default is ``s16``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000676
677 ``in|out.voices=voices``
678 Specify the number of voices to use. Default is 1.
679
680 ``in|out.buffer-length=usecs``
681 Sets the size of the buffer in microseconds.
682
683``-audiodev none,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
684 Creates a dummy backend that discards all outputs. This backend has
685 no backend specific properties.
686
687``-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
688 Creates backend using the ALSA. This backend is only available on
689 Linux.
690
691 ALSA specific options are:
692
693 ``in|out.dev=device``
694 Specify the ALSA device to use for input and/or output. Default
695 is ``default``.
696
697 ``in|out.period-length=usecs``
698 Sets the period length in microseconds.
699
700 ``in|out.try-poll=on|off``
701 Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
702
703 ``threshold=threshold``
704 Threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts. Default is 0.
705
706``-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
707 Creates a backend using Apple's Core Audio. This backend is only
708 available on Mac OS and only supports playback.
709
710 Core Audio specific options are:
711
712 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
713 Sets the count of the buffers.
714
715``-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
716 Creates a backend using Microsoft's DirectSound. This backend is
717 only available on Windows and only supports playback.
718
719 DirectSound specific options are:
720
721 ``latency=usecs``
722 Add extra usecs microseconds latency to playback. Default is
723 10000 (10 ms).
724
725``-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
726 Creates a backend using OSS. This backend is available on most
727 Unix-like systems.
728
729 OSS specific options are:
730
731 ``in|out.dev=device``
732 Specify the file name of the OSS device to use. Default is
733 ``/dev/dsp``.
734
735 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
736 Sets the count of the buffers.
737
738 ``in|out.try-poll=on|of``
739 Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
740
741 ``try-mmap=on|off``
742 Try using memory mapped device access. Default is off.
743
744 ``exclusive=on|off``
745 Open the device in exclusive mode (vmix won't work in this
746 case). Default is off.
747
748 ``dsp-policy=policy``
749 Sets the timing policy (between 0 and 10, where smaller number
750 means smaller latency but higher CPU usage). Use -1 to use
751 buffer sizes specified by ``buffer`` and ``buffer-count``. This
752 option is ignored if you do not have OSS 4. Default is 5.
753
754``-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
755 Creates a backend using PulseAudio. This backend is available on
756 most systems.
757
758 PulseAudio specific options are:
759
760 ``server=server``
761 Sets the PulseAudio server to connect to.
762
763 ``in|out.name=sink``
764 Use the specified source/sink for recording/playback.
765
766 ``in|out.latency=usecs``
767 Desired latency in microseconds. The PulseAudio server will try
768 to honor this value but actual latencies may be lower or higher.
769
770``-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
771 Creates a backend using SDL. This backend is available on most
772 systems, but you should use your platform's native backend if
Volker RĂĽmelin5a0926c2021-01-10 11:02:19 +0100773 possible.
774
775 SDL specific options are:
776
777 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
778 Sets the count of the buffers.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000779
780``-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
781 Creates a backend that sends audio through SPICE. This backend
782 requires ``-spice`` and automatically selected in that case, so
783 usually you can ignore this option. This backend has no backend
784 specific properties.
785
786``-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
787 Creates a backend that writes audio to a WAV file.
788
789 Backend specific options are:
790
791 ``path=path``
792 Write recorded audio into the specified file. Default is
793 ``qemu.wav``.
794ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100795
796DEF("soundhw", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_soundhw,
797 "-soundhw c1,... enable audio support\n"
798 " and only specified sound cards (comma separated list)\n"
799 " use '-soundhw help' to get the list of supported cards\n"
800 " use '-soundhw all' to enable all of them\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000801SRST
802``-soundhw card1[,card2,...] or -soundhw all``
803 Enable audio and selected sound hardware. Use 'help' to print all
804 available sound hardware. For example:
805
806 .. parsed-literal::
807
808 |qemu_system_x86| -soundhw sb16,adlib disk.img
809 |qemu_system_x86| -soundhw es1370 disk.img
810 |qemu_system_x86| -soundhw ac97 disk.img
811 |qemu_system_x86| -soundhw hda disk.img
812 |qemu_system_x86| -soundhw all disk.img
813 |qemu_system_x86| -soundhw help
814
815 Note that Linux's i810\_audio OSS kernel (for AC97) module might
816 require manually specifying clocking.
817
818 ::
819
820 modprobe i810_audio clocking=48000
821ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100822
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100823DEF("device", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_device,
824 "-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
825 " add device (based on driver)\n"
826 " prop=value,... sets driver properties\n"
827 " use '-device help' to print all possible drivers\n"
828 " use '-device driver,help' to print all possible properties\n",
829 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000830SRST
831``-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]``
832 Add device driver. prop=value sets driver properties. Valid
833 properties depend on the driver. To get help on possible drivers and
834 properties, use ``-device help`` and ``-device driver,help``.
835
836 Some drivers are:
837
Corey Minyard789101b2020-07-17 11:37:02 -0500838``-device ipmi-bmc-sim,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000839 Add an IPMI BMC. This is a simulation of a hardware management
840 interface processor that normally sits on a system. It provides a
841 watchdog and the ability to reset and power control the system. You
842 need to connect this to an IPMI interface to make it useful
843
844 The IPMI slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20. This
845 address is the BMC's address on the I2C network of management
846 controllers. If you don't know what this means, it is safe to ignore
847 it.
848
849 ``id=id``
850 The BMC id for interfaces to use this device.
851
852 ``slave_addr=val``
853 Define slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20.
854
855 ``sdrfile=file``
856 file containing raw Sensor Data Records (SDR) data. The default
857 is none.
858
859 ``fruareasize=val``
860 size of a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) area. The default is
861 1024.
862
863 ``frudatafile=file``
864 file containing raw Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) inventory data.
865 The default is none.
866
867 ``guid=uuid``
868 value for the GUID for the BMC, in standard UUID format. If this
869 is set, get "Get GUID" command to the BMC will return it.
870 Otherwise "Get GUID" will return an error.
871
872``-device ipmi-bmc-extern,id=id,chardev=id[,slave_addr=val]``
873 Add a connection to an external IPMI BMC simulator. Instead of
874 locally emulating the BMC like the above item, instead connect to an
875 external entity that provides the IPMI services.
876
877 A connection is made to an external BMC simulator. If you do this,
878 it is strongly recommended that you use the "reconnect=" chardev
879 option to reconnect to the simulator if the connection is lost. Note
880 that if this is not used carefully, it can be a security issue, as
881 the interface has the ability to send resets, NMIs, and power off
882 the VM. It's best if QEMU makes a connection to an external
883 simulator running on a secure port on localhost, so neither the
884 simulator nor QEMU is exposed to any outside network.
885
886 See the "lanserv/README.vm" file in the OpenIPMI library for more
887 details on the external interface.
888
889``-device isa-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]``
890 Add a KCS IPMI interafce on the ISA bus. This also adds a
891 corresponding ACPI and SMBIOS entries, if appropriate.
892
893 ``bmc=id``
894 The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern
895 above.
896
897 ``ioport=val``
898 Define the I/O address of the interface. The default is 0xca0
899 for KCS.
900
901 ``irq=val``
902 Define the interrupt to use. The default is 5. To disable
903 interrupts, set this to 0.
904
905``-device isa-ipmi-bt,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]``
906 Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface. The default port
907 is 0xe4 and the default interrupt is 5.
Corey Minyard323679d2019-09-23 13:50:33 -0500908
909``-device pci-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id``
910 Add a KCS IPMI interafce on the PCI bus.
911
912 ``bmc=id``
913 The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern above.
914
915``-device pci-ipmi-bt,bmc=id``
916 Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface on the PCI bus.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000917ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100918
919DEF("name", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_name,
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +0000920 "-name string1[,process=string2][,debug-threads=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100921 " set the name of the guest\n"
Roman Bolshakov479a5742018-12-17 23:26:01 +0300922 " string1 sets the window title and string2 the process name\n"
923 " When debug-threads is enabled, individual threads are given a separate name\n"
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +0000924 " NOTE: The thread names are for debugging and not a stable API.\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100925 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000926SRST
927``-name name``
928 Sets the name of the guest. This name will be displayed in the SDL
929 window caption. The name will also be used for the VNC server. Also
930 optionally set the top visible process name in Linux. Naming of
931 individual threads can also be enabled on Linux to aid debugging.
932ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100933
934DEF("uuid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_uuid,
935 "-uuid %08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\n"
936 " specify machine UUID\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000937SRST
938``-uuid uuid``
939 Set system UUID.
940ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100941
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100942DEFHEADING()
943
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +0200944DEFHEADING(Block device options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100945
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000946DEF("fda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000947 "-fda/-fdb file use 'file' as floppy disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
948DEF("fdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000949SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000950``-fda file``
951 \
952``-fdb file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +0100953 Use file as floppy disk 0/1 image (see the :ref:`disk images` chapter in
954 the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000955ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000956
957DEF("hda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000958 "-hda/-hdb file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
959DEF("hdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000960DEF("hdc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdc,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000961 "-hdc/-hdd file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 2/3 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
962DEF("hdd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdd, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000963SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000964``-hda file``
965 \
966``-hdb file``
967 \
968``-hdc file``
969 \
970``-hdd file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +0100971 Use file as hard disk 0, 1, 2 or 3 image (see the :ref:`disk images`
972 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000973ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000974
975DEF("cdrom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cdrom,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000976 "-cdrom file use 'file' as IDE cdrom image (cdrom is ide1 master)\n",
977 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000978SRST
979``-cdrom file``
980 Use file as CD-ROM image (you cannot use ``-hdc`` and ``-cdrom`` at
981 the same time). You can use the host CD-ROM by using ``/dev/cdrom``
982 as filename.
983ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000984
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +0100985DEF("blockdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_blockdev,
986 "-blockdev [driver=]driver[,node-name=N][,discard=ignore|unmap]\n"
987 " [,cache.direct=on|off][,cache.no-flush=on|off]\n"
Kevin Wolfc9b749d2019-10-15 12:29:58 +0200988 " [,read-only=on|off][,auto-read-only=on|off]\n"
989 " [,force-share=on|off][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +0100990 " [,driver specific parameters...]\n"
991 " configure a block backend\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000992SRST
993``-blockdev option[,option[,option[,...]]]``
994 Define a new block driver node. Some of the options apply to all
995 block drivers, other options are only accepted for a specific block
996 driver. See below for a list of generic options and options for the
997 most common block drivers.
998
999 Options that expect a reference to another node (e.g. ``file``) can
1000 be given in two ways. Either you specify the node name of an already
1001 existing node (file=node-name), or you define a new node inline,
1002 adding options for the referenced node after a dot
1003 (file.filename=path,file.aio=native).
1004
1005 A block driver node created with ``-blockdev`` can be used for a
1006 guest device by specifying its node name for the ``drive`` property
1007 in a ``-device`` argument that defines a block device.
1008
1009 ``Valid options for any block driver node:``
1010 ``driver``
1011 Specifies the block driver to use for the given node.
1012
1013 ``node-name``
1014 This defines the name of the block driver node by which it
1015 will be referenced later. The name must be unique, i.e. it
1016 must not match the name of a different block driver node, or
1017 (if you use ``-drive`` as well) the ID of a drive.
1018
1019 If no node name is specified, it is automatically generated.
1020 The generated node name is not intended to be predictable
1021 and changes between QEMU invocations. For the top level, an
1022 explicit node name must be specified.
1023
1024 ``read-only``
1025 Open the node read-only. Guest write attempts will fail.
1026
1027 Note that some block drivers support only read-only access,
1028 either generally or in certain configurations. In this case,
1029 the default value ``read-only=off`` does not work and the
1030 option must be specified explicitly.
1031
1032 ``auto-read-only``
1033 If ``auto-read-only=on`` is set, QEMU may fall back to
1034 read-only usage even when ``read-only=off`` is requested, or
1035 even switch between modes as needed, e.g. depending on
1036 whether the image file is writable or whether a writing user
1037 is attached to the node.
1038
1039 ``force-share``
1040 Override the image locking system of QEMU by forcing the
1041 node to utilize weaker shared access for permissions where
1042 it would normally request exclusive access. When there is
1043 the potential for multiple instances to have the same file
1044 open (whether this invocation of QEMU is the first or the
1045 second instance), both instances must permit shared access
1046 for the second instance to succeed at opening the file.
1047
1048 Enabling ``force-share=on`` requires ``read-only=on``.
1049
1050 ``cache.direct``
1051 The host page cache can be avoided with ``cache.direct=on``.
1052 This will attempt to do disk IO directly to the guest's
1053 memory. QEMU may still perform an internal copy of the data.
1054
1055 ``cache.no-flush``
1056 In case you don't care about data integrity over host
1057 failures, you can use ``cache.no-flush=on``. This option
1058 tells QEMU that it never needs to write any data to the disk
1059 but can instead keep things in cache. If anything goes
1060 wrong, like your host losing power, the disk storage getting
1061 disconnected accidentally, etc. your image will most
1062 probably be rendered unusable.
1063
1064 ``discard=discard``
1065 discard is one of "ignore" (or "off") or "unmap" (or "on")
1066 and controls whether ``discard`` (also known as ``trim`` or
1067 ``unmap``) requests are ignored or passed to the filesystem.
1068 Some machine types may not support discard requests.
1069
1070 ``detect-zeroes=detect-zeroes``
1071 detect-zeroes is "off", "on" or "unmap" and enables the
1072 automatic conversion of plain zero writes by the OS to
1073 driver specific optimized zero write commands. You may even
1074 choose "unmap" if discard is set to "unmap" to allow a zero
1075 write to be converted to an ``unmap`` operation.
1076
1077 ``Driver-specific options for file``
1078 This is the protocol-level block driver for accessing regular
1079 files.
1080
1081 ``filename``
1082 The path to the image file in the local filesystem
1083
1084 ``aio``
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001085 Specifies the AIO backend (threads/native/io_uring,
1086 default: threads)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001087
1088 ``locking``
1089 Specifies whether the image file is protected with Linux OFD
1090 / POSIX locks. The default is to use the Linux Open File
1091 Descriptor API if available, otherwise no lock is applied.
1092 (auto/on/off, default: auto)
1093
1094 Example:
1095
1096 ::
1097
1098 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk,filename=disk.img
1099
1100 ``Driver-specific options for raw``
1101 This is the image format block driver for raw images. It is
1102 usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as
1103 ``file``.
1104
1105 ``file``
1106 Reference to or definition of the data source block driver
1107 node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node)
1108
1109 Example 1:
1110
1111 ::
1112
1113 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk_file,filename=disk.img
1114 -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file=disk_file
1115
1116 Example 2:
1117
1118 ::
1119
1120 -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file.driver=file,file.filename=disk.img
1121
1122 ``Driver-specific options for qcow2``
1123 This is the image format block driver for qcow2 images. It is
1124 usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as
1125 ``file``.
1126
1127 ``file``
1128 Reference to or definition of the data source block driver
1129 node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node)
1130
1131 ``backing``
1132 Reference to or definition of the backing file block device
1133 (default is taken from the image file). It is allowed to
1134 pass ``null`` here in order to disable the default backing
1135 file.
1136
1137 ``lazy-refcounts``
1138 Whether to enable the lazy refcounts feature (on/off;
1139 default is taken from the image file)
1140
1141 ``cache-size``
1142 The maximum total size of the L2 table and refcount block
1143 caches in bytes (default: the sum of l2-cache-size and
1144 refcount-cache-size)
1145
1146 ``l2-cache-size``
1147 The maximum size of the L2 table cache in bytes (default: if
1148 cache-size is not specified - 32M on Linux platforms, and 8M
1149 on non-Linux platforms; otherwise, as large as possible
1150 within the cache-size, while permitting the requested or the
1151 minimal refcount cache size)
1152
1153 ``refcount-cache-size``
1154 The maximum size of the refcount block cache in bytes
1155 (default: 4 times the cluster size; or if cache-size is
1156 specified, the part of it which is not used for the L2
1157 cache)
1158
1159 ``cache-clean-interval``
1160 Clean unused entries in the L2 and refcount caches. The
1161 interval is in seconds. The default value is 600 on
1162 supporting platforms, and 0 on other platforms. Setting it
1163 to 0 disables this feature.
1164
1165 ``pass-discard-request``
1166 Whether discard requests to the qcow2 device should be
1167 forwarded to the data source (on/off; default: on if
1168 discard=unmap is specified, off otherwise)
1169
1170 ``pass-discard-snapshot``
1171 Whether discard requests for the data source should be
1172 issued when a snapshot operation (e.g. deleting a snapshot)
1173 frees clusters in the qcow2 file (on/off; default: on)
1174
1175 ``pass-discard-other``
1176 Whether discard requests for the data source should be
1177 issued on other occasions where a cluster gets freed
1178 (on/off; default: off)
1179
1180 ``overlap-check``
1181 Which overlap checks to perform for writes to the image
1182 (none/constant/cached/all; default: cached). For details or
1183 finer granularity control refer to the QAPI documentation of
1184 ``blockdev-add``.
1185
1186 Example 1:
1187
1188 ::
1189
1190 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=my_file,filename=/tmp/disk.qcow2
1191 -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=hda,file=my_file,overlap-check=none,cache-size=16777216
1192
1193 Example 2:
1194
1195 ::
1196
1197 -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=disk,file.driver=http,file.filename=http://example.com/image.qcow2
1198
1199 ``Driver-specific options for other drivers``
1200 Please refer to the QAPI documentation of the ``blockdev-add``
1201 QMP command.
1202ERST
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001203
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001204DEF("drive", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_drive,
1205 "-drive [file=file][,if=type][,bus=n][,unit=m][,media=d][,index=i]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi92196b22011-08-04 12:26:52 +01001206 " [,cache=writethrough|writeback|none|directsync|unsafe][,format=f]\n"
Kevin Wolf572023f2018-06-13 11:01:30 +02001207 " [,snapshot=on|off][,rerror=ignore|stop|report]\n"
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001208 " [,werror=ignore|stop|report|enospc][,id=name]\n"
1209 " [,aio=threads|native|io_uring]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +00001210 " [,readonly=on|off][,copy-on-read=on|off]\n"
Peter Lieven2f7133b2014-07-28 21:53:02 +02001211 " [,discard=ignore|unmap][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Benoît Canet3e9fab62013-09-02 14:14:40 +02001212 " [[,bps=b]|[[,bps_rd=r][,bps_wr=w]]]\n"
1213 " [[,iops=i]|[[,iops_rd=r][,iops_wr=w]]]\n"
1214 " [[,bps_max=bm]|[[,bps_rd_max=rm][,bps_wr_max=wm]]]\n"
1215 " [[,iops_max=im]|[[,iops_rd_max=irm][,iops_wr_max=iwm]]]\n"
Benoît Canet2024c1d2013-09-02 14:14:41 +02001216 " [[,iops_size=is]]\n"
Alberto Garcia76f4afb2015-06-08 18:17:44 +02001217 " [[,group=g]]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001218 " use 'file' as a drive image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001219SRST
1220``-drive option[,option[,option[,...]]]``
1221 Define a new drive. This includes creating a block driver node (the
1222 backend) as well as a guest device, and is mostly a shortcut for
1223 defining the corresponding ``-blockdev`` and ``-device`` options.
1224
1225 ``-drive`` accepts all options that are accepted by ``-blockdev``.
1226 In addition, it knows the following options:
1227
1228 ``file=file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001229 This option defines which disk image (see the :ref:`disk images`
1230 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide) to use with this drive.
1231 If the filename contains comma, you must double it (for instance,
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001232 "file=my,,file" to use file "my,file").
1233
1234 Special files such as iSCSI devices can be specified using
1235 protocol specific URLs. See the section for "Device URL Syntax"
1236 for more information.
1237
1238 ``if=interface``
1239 This option defines on which type on interface the drive is
1240 connected. Available types are: ide, scsi, sd, mtd, floppy,
1241 pflash, virtio, none.
1242
1243 ``bus=bus,unit=unit``
1244 These options define where is connected the drive by defining
1245 the bus number and the unit id.
1246
1247 ``index=index``
1248 This option defines where is connected the drive by using an
1249 index in the list of available connectors of a given interface
1250 type.
1251
1252 ``media=media``
1253 This option defines the type of the media: disk or cdrom.
1254
1255 ``snapshot=snapshot``
1256 snapshot is "on" or "off" and controls snapshot mode for the
1257 given drive (see ``-snapshot``).
1258
1259 ``cache=cache``
1260 cache is "none", "writeback", "unsafe", "directsync" or
1261 "writethrough" and controls how the host cache is used to access
1262 block data. This is a shortcut that sets the ``cache.direct``
1263 and ``cache.no-flush`` options (as in ``-blockdev``), and
1264 additionally ``cache.writeback``, which provides a default for
1265 the ``write-cache`` option of block guest devices (as in
1266 ``-device``). The modes correspond to the following settings:
1267
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001268 ============= =============== ============ ==============
1269 \ cache.writeback cache.direct cache.no-flush
1270 ============= =============== ============ ==============
1271 writeback on off off
1272 none on on off
1273 writethrough off off off
1274 directsync off on off
1275 unsafe on off on
1276 ============= =============== ============ ==============
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001277
1278 The default mode is ``cache=writeback``.
1279
1280 ``aio=aio``
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001281 aio is "threads", "native", or "io_uring" and selects between pthread
1282 based disk I/O, native Linux AIO, or Linux io_uring API.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001283
1284 ``format=format``
1285 Specify which disk format will be used rather than detecting the
1286 format. Can be used to specify format=raw to avoid interpreting
1287 an untrusted format header.
1288
1289 ``werror=action,rerror=action``
1290 Specify which action to take on write and read errors. Valid
1291 actions are: "ignore" (ignore the error and try to continue),
1292 "stop" (pause QEMU), "report" (report the error to the guest),
1293 "enospc" (pause QEMU only if the host disk is full; report the
1294 error to the guest otherwise). The default setting is
1295 ``werror=enospc`` and ``rerror=report``.
1296
1297 ``copy-on-read=copy-on-read``
1298 copy-on-read is "on" or "off" and enables whether to copy read
1299 backing file sectors into the image file.
1300
1301 ``bps=b,bps_rd=r,bps_wr=w``
1302 Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either
1303 for all request types or for reads or writes only. Small values
1304 can lead to timeouts or hangs inside the guest. A safe minimum
1305 for disks is 2 MB/s.
1306
1307 ``bps_max=bm,bps_rd_max=rm,bps_wr_max=wm``
1308 Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types
1309 or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike
1310 above the limit temporarily.
1311
1312 ``iops=i,iops_rd=r,iops_wr=w``
1313 Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for
1314 all request types or for reads or writes only.
1315
1316 ``iops_max=bm,iops_rd_max=rm,iops_wr_max=wm``
1317 Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request
1318 types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to
1319 spike above the limit temporarily.
1320
1321 ``iops_size=is``
1322 Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1323 throttling purposes. Use this option to prevent guests from
1324 circumventing iops limits by sending fewer but larger requests.
1325
1326 ``group=g``
1327 Join a throttling quota group with given name g. All drives that
1328 are members of the same group are accounted for together. Use
1329 this option to prevent guests from circumventing throttling
1330 limits by using many small disks instead of a single larger
1331 disk.
1332
1333 By default, the ``cache.writeback=on`` mode is used. It will report
1334 data writes as completed as soon as the data is present in the host
1335 page cache. This is safe as long as your guest OS makes sure to
1336 correctly flush disk caches where needed. If your guest OS does not
1337 handle volatile disk write caches correctly and your host crashes or
1338 loses power, then the guest may experience data corruption.
1339
1340 For such guests, you should consider using ``cache.writeback=off``.
1341 This means that the host page cache will be used to read and write
1342 data, but write notification will be sent to the guest only after
1343 QEMU has made sure to flush each write to the disk. Be aware that
1344 this has a major impact on performance.
1345
1346 When using the ``-snapshot`` option, unsafe caching is always used.
1347
1348 Copy-on-read avoids accessing the same backing file sectors
1349 repeatedly and is useful when the backing file is over a slow
1350 network. By default copy-on-read is off.
1351
1352 Instead of ``-cdrom`` you can use:
1353
1354 .. parsed-literal::
1355
1356 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=cdrom
1357
1358 Instead of ``-hda``, ``-hdb``, ``-hdc``, ``-hdd``, you can use:
1359
1360 .. parsed-literal::
1361
1362 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=0,media=disk
1363 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=1,media=disk
1364 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=disk
1365 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=3,media=disk
1366
1367 You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd
1368 set:
1369
1370 .. parsed-literal::
1371
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02001372 |qemu_system| \\
1373 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\
1374 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001375 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
1376
1377 You can connect a CDROM to the slave of ide0:
1378
1379 .. parsed-literal::
1380
1381 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
1382
1383 If you don't specify the "file=" argument, you define an empty
1384 drive:
1385
1386 .. parsed-literal::
1387
1388 |qemu_system_x86| -drive if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
1389
1390 Instead of ``-fda``, ``-fdb``, you can use:
1391
1392 .. parsed-literal::
1393
1394 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=0,if=floppy
1395 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=1,if=floppy
1396
1397 By default, interface is "ide" and index is automatically
1398 incremented:
1399
1400 .. parsed-literal::
1401
1402 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=a -drive file=b"
1403
1404 is interpreted like:
1405
1406 .. parsed-literal::
1407
1408 |qemu_system_x86| -hda a -hdb b
1409ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001410
1411DEF("mtdblock", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mtdblock,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001412 "-mtdblock file use 'file' as on-board Flash memory image\n",
1413 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001414SRST
1415``-mtdblock file``
1416 Use file as on-board Flash memory image.
1417ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001418
1419DEF("sd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sd,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001420 "-sd file use 'file' as SecureDigital card image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001421SRST
1422``-sd file``
1423 Use file as SecureDigital card image.
1424ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001425
1426DEF("pflash", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pflash,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001427 "-pflash file use 'file' as a parallel flash image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001428SRST
1429``-pflash file``
1430 Use file as a parallel flash image.
1431ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001432
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001433DEF("snapshot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_snapshot,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001434 "-snapshot write to temporary files instead of disk image files\n",
1435 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001436SRST
1437``-snapshot``
1438 Write to temporary files instead of disk image files. In this case,
1439 the raw disk image you use is not written back. You can however
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001440 force the write back by pressing C-a s (see the :ref:`disk images`
1441 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001442ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001443
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301444DEF("fsdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fsdev,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001445 "-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001446 " [,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode]\n"
Pradeep Jagadeeshb8bbdb82017-02-28 10:31:46 +01001447 " [[,throttling.bps-total=b]|[[,throttling.bps-read=r][,throttling.bps-write=w]]]\n"
1448 " [[,throttling.iops-total=i]|[[,throttling.iops-read=r][,throttling.iops-write=w]]]\n"
1449 " [[,throttling.bps-total-max=bm]|[[,throttling.bps-read-max=rm][,throttling.bps-write-max=wm]]]\n"
1450 " [[,throttling.iops-total-max=im]|[[,throttling.iops-read-max=irm][,throttling.iops-write-max=iwm]]]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001451 " [[,throttling.iops-size=is]]\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001452 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1453 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001454 "-fsdev synth,id=id\n",
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301455 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1456
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001457SRST
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001458``-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=security_model [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode] [,throttling.option=value[,throttling.option=value[,...]]]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001459 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001460``-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001461 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001462``-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001463 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001464``-fsdev synth,id=id[,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001465 Define a new file system device. Valid options are:
1466
1467 ``local``
1468 Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1469
1470 ``proxy``
1471 Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1472
1473 ``synth``
1474 Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
1475
1476 ``id=id``
1477 Specifies identifier for this device.
1478
1479 ``path=path``
1480 Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files
1481 under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1482
1483 ``security_model=security_model``
1484 Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
1485 Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr",
1486 "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files
1487 are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the
1488 guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr"
1489 security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode
1490 bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For
1491 "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden
1492 .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this
1493 security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none"
1494 security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't
1495 report failures if it fails to set file attributes like
1496 ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver.
1497 Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a
1498 parameter.
1499
1500 ``writeout=writeout``
1501 This is an optional argument. The only supported value is
1502 "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to
1503 read and write data but write notification will be sent to the
1504 guest only when the data has been reported as written by the
1505 storage subsystem.
1506
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001507 ``readonly=on``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001508 Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By
1509 default read-write access is given.
1510
1511 ``socket=socket``
1512 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
1513 communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1514
1515 ``sock_fd=sock_fd``
1516 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket descriptor
1517 for communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper
1518 like libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as
1519 sock\_fd.
1520
1521 ``fmode=fmode``
1522 Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host.
1523 Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1524 "mapped-file".
1525
1526 ``dmode=dmode``
1527 Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the
1528 host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1529 "mapped-file".
1530
1531 ``throttling.bps-total=b,throttling.bps-read=r,throttling.bps-write=w``
1532 Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either
1533 for all request types or for reads or writes only.
1534
1535 ``throttling.bps-total-max=bm,bps-read-max=rm,bps-write-max=wm``
1536 Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types
1537 or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike
1538 above the limit temporarily.
1539
1540 ``throttling.iops-total=i,throttling.iops-read=r, throttling.iops-write=w``
1541 Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for
1542 all request types or for reads or writes only.
1543
1544 ``throttling.iops-total-max=im,throttling.iops-read-max=irm, throttling.iops-write-max=iwm``
1545 Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request
1546 types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to
1547 spike above the limit temporarily.
1548
1549 ``throttling.iops-size=is``
1550 Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1551 throttling purposes.
1552
1553 -fsdev option is used along with -device driver "virtio-9p-...".
1554
1555``-device virtio-9p-type,fsdev=id,mount_tag=mount_tag``
1556 Options for virtio-9p-... driver are:
1557
1558 ``type``
1559 Specifies the variant to be used. Supported values are "pci",
1560 "ccw" or "device", depending on the machine type.
1561
1562 ``fsdev=id``
1563 Specifies the id value specified along with -fsdev option.
1564
1565 ``mount_tag=mount_tag``
1566 Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this
1567 export point.
1568ERST
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301569
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301570DEF("virtfs", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_virtfs,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001571 "-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=tag,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001572 " [,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=remap|forbid|warn]\n"
1573 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,socket=socket[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1574 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,sock_fd=sock_fd[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1575 "-virtfs synth,mount_tag=tag[,id=id][,readonly=on]\n",
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301576 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1577
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001578SRST
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001579``-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=mount_tag ,security_model=security_model[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on] [,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=multidevs]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001580 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001581``-virtfs proxy,socket=socket,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001582 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001583``-virtfs proxy,sock_fd=sock_fd,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001584 \
1585``-virtfs synth,mount_tag=mount_tag``
Christian Schoenebeck65abaa02020-05-14 08:06:43 +02001586 Define a new virtual filesystem device and expose it to the guest using
1587 a virtio-9p-device (a.k.a. 9pfs), which essentially means that a certain
1588 directory on host is made directly accessible by guest as a pass-through
1589 file system by using the 9P network protocol for communication between
1590 host and guests, if desired even accessible, shared by several guests
1591 simultaniously.
1592
1593 Note that ``-virtfs`` is actually just a convenience shortcut for its
1594 generalized form ``-fsdev -device virtio-9p-pci``.
1595
1596 The general form of pass-through file system options are:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001597
1598 ``local``
1599 Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1600
1601 ``proxy``
1602 Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1603
1604 ``synth``
1605 Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
1606
1607 ``id=id``
1608 Specifies identifier for the filesystem device
1609
1610 ``path=path``
1611 Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files
1612 under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1613
1614 ``security_model=security_model``
1615 Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
1616 Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr",
1617 "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files
1618 are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the
1619 guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr"
1620 security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode
1621 bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For
1622 "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden
1623 .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this
1624 security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none"
1625 security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't
1626 report failures if it fails to set file attributes like
1627 ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver.
1628 Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a
1629 parameter.
1630
1631 ``writeout=writeout``
1632 This is an optional argument. The only supported value is
1633 "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to
1634 read and write data but write notification will be sent to the
1635 guest only when the data has been reported as written by the
1636 storage subsystem.
1637
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001638 ``readonly=on``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001639 Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By
1640 default read-write access is given.
1641
1642 ``socket=socket``
1643 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
1644 communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper like
1645 libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as
1646 sock\_fd.
1647
1648 ``sock_fd``
1649 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed 'sock\_fd' as the
1650 socket descriptor for interfacing with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1651
1652 ``fmode=fmode``
1653 Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host.
1654 Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1655 "mapped-file".
1656
1657 ``dmode=dmode``
1658 Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the
1659 host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1660 "mapped-file".
1661
1662 ``mount_tag=mount_tag``
1663 Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this
1664 export point.
1665
1666 ``multidevs=multidevs``
1667 Specifies how to deal with multiple devices being shared with a
1668 9p export. Supported behaviours are either "remap", "forbid" or
1669 "warn". The latter is the default behaviour on which virtfs 9p
1670 expects only one device to be shared with the same export, and
1671 if more than one device is shared and accessed via the same 9p
1672 export then only a warning message is logged (once) by qemu on
1673 host side. In order to avoid file ID collisions on guest you
1674 should either create a separate virtfs export for each device to
1675 be shared with guests (recommended way) or you might use "remap"
1676 instead which allows you to share multiple devices with only one
1677 export instead, which is achieved by remapping the original
1678 inode numbers from host to guest in a way that would prevent
1679 such collisions. Remapping inodes in such use cases is required
1680 because the original device IDs from host are never passed and
1681 exposed on guest. Instead all files of an export shared with
1682 virtfs always share the same device id on guest. So two files
1683 with identical inode numbers but from actually different devices
1684 on host would otherwise cause a file ID collision and hence
1685 potential misbehaviours on guest. "forbid" on the other hand
1686 assumes like "warn" that only one device is shared by the same
1687 export, however it will not only log a warning message but also
1688 deny access to additional devices on guest. Note though that
1689 "forbid" does currently not block all possible file access
1690 operations (e.g. readdir() would still return entries from other
1691 devices).
1692ERST
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301693
Markus Armbruster61d70482017-10-02 16:03:03 +02001694DEF("iscsi", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_iscsi,
1695 "-iscsi [user=user][,password=password]\n"
1696 " [,header-digest=CRC32C|CR32C-NONE|NONE-CRC32C|NONE\n"
1697 " [,initiator-name=initiator-iqn][,id=target-iqn]\n"
1698 " [,timeout=timeout]\n"
1699 " iSCSI session parameters\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1700
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001701SRST
1702``-iscsi``
1703 Configure iSCSI session parameters.
1704ERST
Markus Armbruster44743142017-10-02 16:03:04 +02001705
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001706DEFHEADING()
1707
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001708DEFHEADING(USB options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001709
1710DEF("usb", 0, QEMU_OPTION_usb,
Stefan Hajnoczi73f46fe2019-08-15 15:14:28 +01001711 "-usb enable on-board USB host controller (if not enabled by default)\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001712 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001713SRST
1714``-usb``
1715 Enable USB emulation on machine types with an on-board USB host
1716 controller (if not enabled by default). Note that on-board USB host
1717 controllers may not support USB 3.0. In this case
1718 ``-device qemu-xhci`` can be used instead on machines with PCI.
1719ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001720
1721DEF("usbdevice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_usbdevice,
1722 "-usbdevice name add the host or guest USB device 'name'\n",
1723 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001724SRST
1725``-usbdevice devname``
1726 Add the USB device devname. Note that this option is deprecated,
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001727 please use ``-device usb-...`` instead. See the chapter about
1728 :ref:`Connecting USB devices` in the System Emulation Users Guide.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001729
1730 ``mouse``
1731 Virtual Mouse. This will override the PS/2 mouse emulation when
1732 activated.
1733
1734 ``tablet``
1735 Pointer device that uses absolute coordinates (like a
1736 touchscreen). This means QEMU is able to report the mouse
1737 position without having to grab the mouse. Also overrides the
1738 PS/2 mouse emulation when activated.
1739
1740 ``braille``
1741 Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille
1742 output on a real or fake device.
1743ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001744
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001745DEFHEADING()
1746
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001747DEFHEADING(Display options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001748
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001749DEF("display", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_display,
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001750#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Marc-André Lureaud8aec9d2019-02-21 12:07:03 +01001751 "-display spice-app[,gl=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001752#endif
1753#if defined(CONFIG_SDL)
1754 "-display sdl[,alt_grab=on|off][,ctrl_grab=on|off]\n"
Elie Tournier4867e472018-04-13 14:58:42 +01001755 " [,window_close=on|off][,gl=on|core|es|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001756#endif
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001757#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001758 "-display gtk[,grab_on_hover=on|off][,gl=on|off]|\n"
1759#endif
1760#if defined(CONFIG_VNC)
1761 "-display vnc=<display>[,<optargs>]\n"
1762#endif
1763#if defined(CONFIG_CURSES)
1764 "-display curses[,charset=<encoding>]\n"
1765#endif
1766#if defined(CONFIG_OPENGL)
1767 "-display egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]\n"
1768#endif
1769 "-display none\n"
1770 " select display backend type\n"
1771 " The default display is equivalent to\n "
1772#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
1773 "\"-display gtk\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001774#elif defined(CONFIG_SDL)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001775 "\"-display sdl\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001776#elif defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001777 "\"-display cocoa\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001778#elif defined(CONFIG_VNC)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001779 "\"-vnc localhost:0,to=99,id=default\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001780#else
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001781 "\"-display none\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001782#endif
1783 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001784SRST
1785``-display type``
1786 Select type of display to use. This option is a replacement for the
1787 old style -sdl/-curses/... options. Use ``-display help`` to list
1788 the available display types. Valid values for type are
1789
1790 ``sdl``
1791 Display video output via SDL (usually in a separate graphics
1792 window; see the SDL documentation for other possibilities).
1793
1794 ``curses``
1795 Display video output via curses. For graphics device models
1796 which support a text mode, QEMU can display this output using a
1797 curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed when the graphics
1798 device is in graphical mode or if the graphics device does not
1799 support a text mode. Generally only the VGA device models
1800 support text mode. The font charset used by the guest can be
1801 specified with the ``charset`` option, for example
1802 ``charset=CP850`` for IBM CP850 encoding. The default is
1803 ``CP437``.
1804
1805 ``none``
1806 Do not display video output. The guest will still see an
1807 emulated graphics card, but its output will not be displayed to
1808 the QEMU user. This option differs from the -nographic option in
1809 that it only affects what is done with video output; -nographic
1810 also changes the destination of the serial and parallel port
1811 data.
1812
1813 ``gtk``
1814 Display video output in a GTK window. This interface provides
1815 drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and control
1816 the VM during runtime.
1817
1818 ``vnc``
1819 Start a VNC server on display <arg>
1820
1821 ``egl-headless``
1822 Offload all OpenGL operations to a local DRI device. For any
1823 graphical display, this display needs to be paired with either
1824 VNC or SPICE displays.
1825
1826 ``spice-app``
1827 Start QEMU as a Spice server and launch the default Spice client
1828 application. The Spice server will redirect the serial consoles
1829 and QEMU monitors. (Since 4.0)
1830ERST
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001831
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001832DEF("nographic", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nographic,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001833 "-nographic disable graphical output and redirect serial I/Os to console\n",
1834 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001835SRST
1836``-nographic``
1837 Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
1838 displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
1839 monitor in a window. With this option, you can totally disable
1840 graphical output so that QEMU is a simple command line application.
1841 The emulated serial port is redirected on the console and muxed with
1842 the monitor (unless redirected elsewhere explicitly). Therefore, you
1843 can still use QEMU to debug a Linux kernel with a serial console.
1844 Use C-a h for help on switching between the console and monitor.
1845ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001846
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001847DEF("curses", 0, QEMU_OPTION_curses,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001848 "-curses shorthand for -display curses\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001849 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001850SRST
1851``-curses``
1852 Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
1853 displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
1854 monitor in a window. With this option, QEMU can display the VGA
1855 output when in text mode using a curses/ncurses interface. Nothing
1856 is displayed in graphical mode.
1857ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001858
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001859DEF("alt-grab", 0, QEMU_OPTION_alt_grab,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001860 "-alt-grab use Ctrl-Alt-Shift to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt)\n",
1861 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001862SRST
1863``-alt-grab``
1864 Use Ctrl-Alt-Shift to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt). Note that
1865 this also affects the special keys (for fullscreen, monitor-mode
1866 switching, etc).
1867ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001868
Dustin Kirkland0ca9f8a2009-09-17 15:48:04 -05001869DEF("ctrl-grab", 0, QEMU_OPTION_ctrl_grab,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001870 "-ctrl-grab use Right-Ctrl to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt)\n",
1871 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001872SRST
1873``-ctrl-grab``
1874 Use Right-Ctrl to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt). Note that this
1875 also affects the special keys (for fullscreen, monitor-mode
1876 switching, etc).
1877ERST
Dustin Kirkland0ca9f8a2009-09-17 15:48:04 -05001878
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001879DEF("no-quit", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_quit,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001880 "-no-quit disable SDL window close capability\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001881SRST
1882``-no-quit``
1883 Disable SDL window close capability.
1884ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001885
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001886DEF("sdl", 0, QEMU_OPTION_sdl,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001887 "-sdl shorthand for -display sdl\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001888SRST
1889``-sdl``
1890 Enable SDL.
1891ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001892
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001893DEF("spice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_spice,
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03001894 "-spice [port=port][,tls-port=secured-port][,x509-dir=<dir>]\n"
1895 " [,x509-key-file=<file>][,x509-key-password=<file>]\n"
1896 " [,x509-cert-file=<file>][,x509-cacert-file=<file>]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00001897 " [,x509-dh-key-file=<file>][,addr=addr]\n"
1898 " [,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,unix=on|off]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03001899 " [,tls-ciphers=<list>]\n"
1900 " [,tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
1901 " [,plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00001902 " [,sasl=on|off][,password=<secret>][,disable-ticketing=on|off]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03001903 " [,image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]]\n"
1904 " [,jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
1905 " [,zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00001906 " [,streaming-video=[off|all|filter]][,disable-copy-paste=on|off]\n"
1907 " [,disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off][,agent-mouse=[on|off]]\n"
Hans de Goede5ad24e52013-06-08 15:37:27 +02001908 " [,playback-compression=[on|off]][,seamless-migration=[on|off]]\n"
Marc-André Lureau7b525502017-02-12 15:21:18 +04001909 " [,gl=[on|off]][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03001910 " enable spice\n"
1911 " at least one of {port, tls-port} is mandatory\n",
1912 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001913SRST
1914``-spice option[,option[,...]]``
1915 Enable the spice remote desktop protocol. Valid options are
1916
1917 ``port=<nr>``
1918 Set the TCP port spice is listening on for plaintext channels.
1919
1920 ``addr=<addr>``
1921 Set the IP address spice is listening on. Default is any
1922 address.
1923
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00001924 ``ipv4=on|off``; \ ``ipv6=on|off``; \ ``unix=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001925 Force using the specified IP version.
1926
1927 ``password=<secret>``
1928 Set the password you need to authenticate.
1929
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00001930 ``sasl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001931 Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the spice.
1932 The exact choice of authentication method used is controlled
1933 from the system / user's SASL configuration file for the 'qemu'
1934 service. This is typically found in /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If
1935 running QEMU as an unprivileged user, an environment variable
1936 SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it search alternate
1937 locations for the service config. While some SASL auth methods
1938 can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI), it is recommended
1939 that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' and 'x509' settings
1940 to enable use of SSL and server certificates. This ensures a
1941 data encryption preventing compromise of authentication
1942 credentials.
1943
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00001944 ``disable-ticketing=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001945 Allow client connects without authentication.
1946
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00001947 ``disable-copy-paste=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001948 Disable copy paste between the client and the guest.
1949
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00001950 ``disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001951 Disable spice-vdagent based file-xfer between the client and the
1952 guest.
1953
1954 ``tls-port=<nr>``
1955 Set the TCP port spice is listening on for encrypted channels.
1956
1957 ``x509-dir=<dir>``
1958 Set the x509 file directory. Expects same filenames as -vnc
1959 $display,x509=$dir
1960
1961 ``x509-key-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-key-password=<file>``; \ ``x509-cert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-cacert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-dh-key-file=<file>``
1962 The x509 file names can also be configured individually.
1963
1964 ``tls-ciphers=<list>``
1965 Specify which ciphers to use.
1966
1967 ``tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``; \ ``plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``
1968 Force specific channel to be used with or without TLS
1969 encryption. The options can be specified multiple times to
1970 configure multiple channels. The special name "default" can be
1971 used to set the default mode. For channels which are not
1972 explicitly forced into one mode the spice client is allowed to
1973 pick tls/plaintext as he pleases.
1974
1975 ``image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]``
1976 Configure image compression (lossless). Default is auto\_glz.
1977
1978 ``jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``; \ ``zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``
1979 Configure wan image compression (lossy for slow links). Default
1980 is auto.
1981
1982 ``streaming-video=[off|all|filter]``
1983 Configure video stream detection. Default is off.
1984
1985 ``agent-mouse=[on|off]``
1986 Enable/disable passing mouse events via vdagent. Default is on.
1987
1988 ``playback-compression=[on|off]``
1989 Enable/disable audio stream compression (using celt 0.5.1).
1990 Default is on.
1991
1992 ``seamless-migration=[on|off]``
1993 Enable/disable spice seamless migration. Default is off.
1994
1995 ``gl=[on|off]``
1996 Enable/disable OpenGL context. Default is off.
1997
1998 ``rendernode=<file>``
1999 DRM render node for OpenGL rendering. If not specified, it will
2000 pick the first available. (Since 2.9)
2001ERST
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03002002
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002003DEF("portrait", 0, QEMU_OPTION_portrait,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002004 "-portrait rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
2005 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002006SRST
2007``-portrait``
2008 Rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD).
2009ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002010
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03002011DEF("rotate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rotate,
2012 "-rotate <deg> rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
2013 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002014SRST
2015``-rotate deg``
2016 Rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD).
2017ERST
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03002018
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002019DEF("vga", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vga,
Gerd Hoffmanna94f0c52014-09-10 14:28:48 +02002020 "-vga [std|cirrus|vmware|qxl|xenfb|tcx|cg3|virtio|none]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002021 " select video card type\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002022SRST
2023``-vga type``
2024 Select type of VGA card to emulate. Valid values for type are
2025
2026 ``cirrus``
2027 Cirrus Logic GD5446 Video card. All Windows versions starting
2028 from Windows 95 should recognize and use this graphic card. For
2029 optimal performances, use 16 bit color depth in the guest and
2030 the host OS. (This card was the default before QEMU 2.2)
2031
2032 ``std``
2033 Standard VGA card with Bochs VBE extensions. If your guest OS
2034 supports the VESA 2.0 VBE extensions (e.g. Windows XP) and if
2035 you want to use high resolution modes (>= 1280x1024x16) then you
2036 should use this option. (This card is the default since QEMU
2037 2.2)
2038
2039 ``vmware``
2040 VMWare SVGA-II compatible adapter. Use it if you have
2041 sufficiently recent XFree86/XOrg server or Windows guest with a
2042 driver for this card.
2043
2044 ``qxl``
2045 QXL paravirtual graphic card. It is VGA compatible (including
2046 VESA 2.0 VBE support). Works best with qxl guest drivers
2047 installed though. Recommended choice when using the spice
2048 protocol.
2049
2050 ``tcx``
2051 (sun4m only) Sun TCX framebuffer. This is the default
2052 framebuffer for sun4m machines and offers both 8-bit and 24-bit
2053 colour depths at a fixed resolution of 1024x768.
2054
2055 ``cg3``
2056 (sun4m only) Sun cgthree framebuffer. This is a simple 8-bit
2057 framebuffer for sun4m machines available in both 1024x768
2058 (OpenBIOS) and 1152x900 (OBP) resolutions aimed at people
2059 wishing to run older Solaris versions.
2060
2061 ``virtio``
2062 Virtio VGA card.
2063
2064 ``none``
2065 Disable VGA card.
2066ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002067
2068DEF("full-screen", 0, QEMU_OPTION_full_screen,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002069 "-full-screen start in full screen\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002070SRST
2071``-full-screen``
2072 Start in full screen.
2073ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002074
John Snow60f9a4e2020-02-04 11:56:38 -05002075DEF("g", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_g ,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002076 "-g WxH[xDEPTH] Set the initial graphical resolution and depth\n",
Laurent Vivier8ac919a2019-10-26 18:45:43 +02002077 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC | QEMU_ARCH_M68K)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002078SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002079``-g`` *width*\ ``x``\ *height*\ ``[x``\ *depth*\ ``]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002080 Set the initial graphical resolution and depth (PPC, SPARC only).
2081
2082 For PPC the default is 800x600x32.
2083
2084 For SPARC with the TCX graphics device, the default is 1024x768x8
2085 with the option of 1024x768x24. For cgthree, the default is
2086 1024x768x8 with the option of 1152x900x8 for people who wish to use
2087 OBP.
2088ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002089
2090DEF("vnc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vnc ,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002091 "-vnc <display> shorthand for -display vnc=<display>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002092SRST
2093``-vnc display[,option[,option[,...]]]``
2094 Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
2095 displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
2096 monitor in a window. With this option, you can have QEMU listen on
2097 VNC display display and redirect the VGA display over the VNC
2098 session. It is very useful to enable the usb tablet device when
2099 using this option (option ``-device usb-tablet``). When using the
2100 VNC display, you must use the ``-k`` parameter to set the keyboard
2101 layout if you are not using en-us. Valid syntax for the display is
2102
2103 ``to=L``
2104 With this option, QEMU will try next available VNC displays,
2105 until the number L, if the origianlly defined "-vnc display" is
2106 not available, e.g. port 5900+display is already used by another
2107 application. By default, to=0.
2108
2109 ``host:d``
2110 TCP connections will only be allowed from host on display d. By
2111 convention the TCP port is 5900+d. Optionally, host can be
2112 omitted in which case the server will accept connections from
2113 any host.
2114
2115 ``unix:path``
2116 Connections will be allowed over UNIX domain sockets where path
2117 is the location of a unix socket to listen for connections on.
2118
2119 ``none``
2120 VNC is initialized but not started. The monitor ``change``
2121 command can be used to later start the VNC server.
2122
2123 Following the display value there may be one or more option flags
2124 separated by commas. Valid options are
2125
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002126 ``reverse=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002127 Connect to a listening VNC client via a "reverse" connection.
2128 The client is specified by the display. For reverse network
2129 connections (host:d,``reverse``), the d argument is a TCP port
2130 number, not a display number.
2131
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002132 ``websocket=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002133 Opens an additional TCP listening port dedicated to VNC
2134 Websocket connections. If a bare websocket option is given, the
2135 Websocket port is 5700+display. An alternative port can be
2136 specified with the syntax ``websocket``\ =port.
2137
2138 If host is specified connections will only be allowed from this
2139 host. It is possible to control the websocket listen address
2140 independently, using the syntax ``websocket``\ =host:port.
2141
2142 If no TLS credentials are provided, the websocket connection
2143 runs in unencrypted mode. If TLS credentials are provided, the
2144 websocket connection requires encrypted client connections.
2145
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002146 ``password=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002147 Require that password based authentication is used for client
2148 connections.
2149
2150 The password must be set separately using the ``set_password``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01002151 command in the :ref:`QEMU monitor`. The
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002152 syntax to change your password is:
2153 ``set_password <protocol> <password>`` where <protocol> could be
2154 either "vnc" or "spice".
2155
2156 If you would like to change <protocol> password expiration, you
2157 should use ``expire_password <protocol> <expiration-time>``
2158 where expiration time could be one of the following options:
2159 now, never, +seconds or UNIX time of expiration, e.g. +60 to
2160 make password expire in 60 seconds, or 1335196800 to make
2161 password expire on "Mon Apr 23 12:00:00 EDT 2012" (UNIX time for
2162 this date and time).
2163
2164 You can also use keywords "now" or "never" for the expiration
2165 time to allow <protocol> password to expire immediately or never
2166 expire.
2167
Daniel P. Berrangé6c6840e2021-03-11 11:43:41 +00002168 ``password-secret=<secret-id>``
2169 Require that password based authentication is used for client
2170 connections, using the password provided by the ``secret``
2171 object identified by ``secret-id``.
2172
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002173 ``tls-creds=ID``
2174 Provides the ID of a set of TLS credentials to use to secure the
2175 VNC server. They will apply to both the normal VNC server socket
2176 and the websocket socket (if enabled). Setting TLS credentials
2177 will cause the VNC server socket to enable the VeNCrypt auth
2178 mechanism. The credentials should have been previously created
2179 using the ``-object tls-creds`` argument.
2180
2181 ``tls-authz=ID``
2182 Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
2183 the client's x509 distinguished name will validated. This object
2184 is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated
2185 on the fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will
2186 default to denying access.
2187
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002188 ``sasl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002189 Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the VNC
2190 server. The exact choice of authentication method used is
2191 controlled from the system / user's SASL configuration file for
2192 the 'qemu' service. This is typically found in
2193 /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If running QEMU as an unprivileged user,
2194 an environment variable SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it
2195 search alternate locations for the service config. While some
2196 SASL auth methods can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI),
2197 it is recommended that SASL always be combined with the 'tls'
2198 and 'x509' settings to enable use of SSL and server
2199 certificates. This ensures a data encryption preventing
2200 compromise of authentication credentials. See the
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01002201 :ref:`VNC security` section in the System Emulation Users Guide
2202 for details on using SASL authentication.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002203
2204 ``sasl-authz=ID``
2205 Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
2206 the client's SASL username will validated. This object is only
2207 resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the
2208 fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will default
2209 to denying access.
2210
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002211 ``acl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002212 Legacy method for enabling authorization of clients against the
2213 x509 distinguished name and SASL username. It results in the
2214 creation of two ``authz-list`` objects with IDs of
2215 ``vnc.username`` and ``vnc.x509dname``. The rules for these
2216 objects must be configured with the HMP ACL commands.
2217
2218 This option is deprecated and should no longer be used. The new
2219 ``sasl-authz`` and ``tls-authz`` options are a replacement.
2220
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002221 ``lossy=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002222 Enable lossy compression methods (gradient, JPEG, ...). If this
2223 option is set, VNC client may receive lossy framebuffer updates
2224 depending on its encoding settings. Enabling this option can
2225 save a lot of bandwidth at the expense of quality.
2226
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002227 ``non-adaptive=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002228 Disable adaptive encodings. Adaptive encodings are enabled by
2229 default. An adaptive encoding will try to detect frequently
2230 updated screen regions, and send updates in these regions using
2231 a lossy encoding (like JPEG). This can be really helpful to save
2232 bandwidth when playing videos. Disabling adaptive encodings
2233 restores the original static behavior of encodings like Tight.
2234
2235 ``share=[allow-exclusive|force-shared|ignore]``
2236 Set display sharing policy. 'allow-exclusive' allows clients to
2237 ask for exclusive access. As suggested by the rfb spec this is
2238 implemented by dropping other connections. Connecting multiple
2239 clients in parallel requires all clients asking for a shared
2240 session (vncviewer: -shared switch). This is the default.
2241 'force-shared' disables exclusive client access. Useful for
2242 shared desktop sessions, where you don't want someone forgetting
2243 specify -shared disconnect everybody else. 'ignore' completely
2244 ignores the shared flag and allows everybody connect
2245 unconditionally. Doesn't conform to the rfb spec but is
2246 traditional QEMU behavior.
2247
2248 ``key-delay-ms``
2249 Set keyboard delay, for key down and key up events, in
2250 milliseconds. Default is 10. Keyboards are low-bandwidth
2251 devices, so this slowdown can help the device and guest to keep
2252 up and not lose events in case events are arriving in bulk.
2253 Possible causes for the latter are flaky network connections, or
2254 scripts for automated testing.
2255
2256 ``audiodev=audiodev``
2257 Use the specified audiodev when the VNC client requests audio
2258 transmission. When not using an -audiodev argument, this option
2259 must be omitted, otherwise is must be present and specify a
2260 valid audiodev.
Daniel P. Berrangé7b5fa0b2020-12-11 16:08:25 +00002261
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002262 ``power-control=on|off``
Daniel P. Berrangé7b5fa0b2020-12-11 16:08:25 +00002263 Permit the remote client to issue shutdown, reboot or reset power
2264 control requests.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002265ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002266
Michael Ellermana3adb7a2011-12-19 17:19:31 +11002267ARCHHEADING(, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002268
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002269ARCHHEADING(i386 target only:, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002270
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002271DEF("win2k-hack", 0, QEMU_OPTION_win2k_hack,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002272 "-win2k-hack use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug\n",
2273 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002274SRST
2275``-win2k-hack``
2276 Use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug. After
2277 Windows 2000 is installed, you no longer need this option (this
2278 option slows down the IDE transfers).
2279ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002280
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002281DEF("no-fd-bootchk", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_fd_bootchk,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002282 "-no-fd-bootchk disable boot signature checking for floppy disks\n",
2283 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002284SRST
2285``-no-fd-bootchk``
2286 Disable boot signature checking for floppy disks in BIOS. May be
2287 needed to boot from old floppy disks.
2288ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002289
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002290DEF("no-acpi", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_acpi,
Shannon Zhaof5d8c8c2015-05-29 11:28:54 +01002291 "-no-acpi disable ACPI\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002292SRST
2293``-no-acpi``
2294 Disable ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) support.
2295 Use it if your guest OS complains about ACPI problems (PC target
2296 machine only).
2297ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002298
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002299DEF("no-hpet", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_hpet,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002300 "-no-hpet disable HPET\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002301SRST
2302``-no-hpet``
2303 Disable HPET support.
2304ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002305
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002306DEF("acpitable", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_acpitable,
Michael Tokarev104bf022011-05-12 18:44:17 +04002307 "-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n][,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,{data|file}=file1[:file2]...]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002308 " ACPI table description\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002309SRST
2310``-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n] [,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,data=file1[:file2]...]``
2311 Add ACPI table with specified header fields and context from
2312 specified files. For file=, take whole ACPI table from the specified
2313 files, including all ACPI headers (possible overridden by other
2314 options). For data=, only data portion of the table is used, all
2315 header information is specified in the command line. If a SLIC table
2316 is supplied to QEMU, then the SLIC's oem\_id and oem\_table\_id
2317 fields will override the same in the RSDT and the FADT (a.k.a.
2318 FACP), in order to ensure the field matches required by the
2319 Microsoft SLIC spec and the ACPI spec.
2320ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002321
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002322DEF("smbios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smbios,
2323 "-smbios file=binary\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002324 " load SMBIOS entry from binary file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002325 "-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d]\n"
2326 " [,uefi=on|off]\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002327 " specify SMBIOS type 0 fields\n"
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002328 "-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2329 " [,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002330 " specify SMBIOS type 1 fields\n"
2331 "-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2332 " [,asset=str][,location=str]\n"
2333 " specify SMBIOS type 2 fields\n"
2334 "-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str]\n"
2335 " [,sku=str]\n"
2336 " specify SMBIOS type 3 fields\n"
2337 "-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
Ying Fangc906e032020-08-06 11:56:33 +08002338 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,max-speed=%d][,current-speed=%d]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002339 " specify SMBIOS type 4 fields\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé48a7ff42020-09-23 14:38:04 +01002340 "-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]\n"
2341 " specify SMBIOS type 11 fields\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002342 "-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo3ebd6cc2015-03-11 13:58:01 -04002343 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002344 " specify SMBIOS type 17 fields\n",
Wei Huangc30e1562015-09-07 10:39:29 +01002345 QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002346SRST
2347``-smbios file=binary``
2348 Load SMBIOS entry from binary file.
2349
2350``-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d][,uefi=on|off]``
2351 Specify SMBIOS type 0 fields
2352
2353``-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]``
2354 Specify SMBIOS type 1 fields
2355
2356``-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,location=str]``
2357 Specify SMBIOS type 2 fields
2358
2359``-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,sku=str]``
2360 Specify SMBIOS type 3 fields
2361
2362``-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str]``
2363 Specify SMBIOS type 4 fields
2364
Daniel P. Berrangé48a7ff42020-09-23 14:38:04 +01002365``-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]``
2366 Specify SMBIOS type 11 fields
2367
2368 This argument can be repeated multiple times, and values are added in the order they are parsed.
2369 Applications intending to use OEM strings data are encouraged to use their application name as
2370 a prefix for the value string. This facilitates passing information for multiple applications
2371 concurrently.
2372
2373 The ``value=str`` syntax provides the string data inline, while the ``path=filename`` syntax
2374 loads data from a file on disk. Note that the file is not permitted to contain any NUL bytes.
2375
2376 Both the ``value`` and ``path`` options can be repeated multiple times and will be added to
2377 the SMBIOS table in the order in which they appear.
2378
2379 Note that on the x86 architecture, the total size of all SMBIOS tables is limited to 65535
2380 bytes. Thus the OEM strings data is not suitable for passing large amounts of data into the
2381 guest. Instead it should be used as a indicator to inform the guest where to locate the real
2382 data set, for example, by specifying the serial ID of a block device.
2383
2384 An example passing three strings is
2385
2386 .. parsed-literal::
2387
2388 -smbios type=11,value=cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/,\\
2389 value=anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os,\\
2390 path=/some/file/with/oemstringsdata.txt
2391
2392 In the guest OS this is visible with the ``dmidecode`` command
2393
2394 .. parsed-literal::
2395
2396 $ dmidecode -t 11
2397 Handle 0x0E00, DMI type 11, 5 bytes
2398 OEM Strings
2399 String 1: cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/
2400 String 2: anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os
2401 String 3: myapp:some extra data
2402
2403
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002404``-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]``
2405 Specify SMBIOS type 17 fields
2406ERST
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002407
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01002408DEFHEADING()
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002409
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002410DEFHEADING(Network options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002411
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002412DEF("netdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_netdev,
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002413#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00002414 "-netdev user,id=str[,ipv4=on|off][,net=addr[/mask]][,host=addr]\n"
2415 " [,ipv6=on|off][,ipv6-net=addr[/int]][,ipv6-host=addr]\n"
Samuel Thibault0b11c032016-03-20 12:29:54 +01002416 " [,restrict=on|off][,hostname=host][,dhcpstart=addr]\n"
Benjamin Drungf18d1372018-02-27 17:06:01 +01002417 " [,dns=addr][,ipv6-dns=addr][,dnssearch=domain][,domainname=domain]\n"
Fam Zheng0fca92b2018-09-14 15:26:16 +08002418 " [,tftp=dir][,tftp-server-name=name][,bootfile=f][,hostfwd=rule][,guestfwd=rule]"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002419#ifndef _WIN32
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002420 "[,smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]]\n"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002421#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002422 " configure a user mode network backend with ID 'str',\n"
2423 " its DHCP server and optional services\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002424#endif
2425#ifdef _WIN32
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002426 "-netdev tap,id=str,ifname=name\n"
2427 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002428#else
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002429 "-netdev tap,id=str[,fd=h][,fds=x:y:...:z][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile]\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002430 " [,br=bridge][,helper=helper][,sndbuf=nbytes][,vnet_hdr=on|off][,vhost=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002431 " [,vhostfd=h][,vhostfds=x:y:...:z][,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002432 " [,poll-us=n]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002433 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002434 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002435 " use network scripts 'file' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_SCRIPT ")\n"
2436 " to configure it and 'dfile' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_DOWN_SCRIPT ")\n"
2437 " to deconfigure it\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002438 " use '[down]script=no' to disable script execution\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002439 " use network helper 'helper' (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ") to\n"
2440 " configure it\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002441 " use 'fd=h' to connect to an already opened TAP interface\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002442 " use 'fds=x:y:...:z' to connect to already opened multiqueue capable TAP interfaces\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002443 " use 'sndbuf=nbytes' to limit the size of the send buffer (the\n"
Michael S. Tsirkinf157ed22011-02-01 14:25:40 +02002444 " default is disabled 'sndbuf=0' to enable flow control set 'sndbuf=1048576')\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002445 " use vnet_hdr=off to avoid enabling the IFF_VNET_HDR tap flag\n"
2446 " use vnet_hdr=on to make the lack of IFF_VNET_HDR support an error condition\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002447 " use vhost=on to enable experimental in kernel accelerator\n"
mst@redhat.com5430a282011-02-01 22:13:42 +02002448 " (only has effect for virtio guests which use MSIX)\n"
2449 " use vhostforce=on to force vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002450 " use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost net device\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002451 " use 'vhostfds=x:y:...:z to connect to multiple already opened vhost net devices\n"
Jason Wangec396012013-02-22 22:57:52 +08002452 " use 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for multiqueue TAP\n"
Michael Tokarevcba42d62021-03-09 14:15:10 +03002453 " use 'poll-us=n' to specify the maximum number of microseconds that could be\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002454 " spent on busy polling for vhost net\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002455 "-netdev bridge,id=str[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]\n"
2456 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str' that is\n"
2457 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
2458 " using the program 'helper (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ")\n"
Mark McLoughlin0df0ff62009-06-18 18:21:34 +01002459#endif
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002460#ifdef __linux__
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002461 "-netdev l2tpv3,id=str,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00002462 " [,rxsession=rxsession],txsession=txsession[,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off]\n"
2463 " [,cookie64=on|off][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002464 " [,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]\n"
2465 " configure a network backend with ID 'str' connected to\n"
2466 " an Ethernet over L2TPv3 pseudowire.\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002467 " Linux kernel 3.3+ as well as most routers can talk\n"
Michael Tokarev2f47b402014-07-24 20:10:17 +04002468 " L2TPv3. This transport allows connecting a VM to a VM,\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002469 " VM to a router and even VM to Host. It is a nearly-universal\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi21843dc2020-02-29 11:17:27 +00002470 " standard (RFC3931). Note - this implementation uses static\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002471 " pre-configured tunnels (same as the Linux kernel).\n"
2472 " use 'src=' to specify source address\n"
2473 " use 'dst=' to specify destination address\n"
2474 " use 'udp=on' to specify udp encapsulation\n"
Gonglei39526512014-08-14 14:35:48 +08002475 " use 'srcport=' to specify source udp port\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002476 " use 'dstport=' to specify destination udp port\n"
2477 " use 'ipv6=on' to force v6\n"
2478 " L2TPv3 uses cookies to prevent misconfiguration as\n"
2479 " well as a weak security measure\n"
2480 " use 'rxcookie=0x012345678' to specify a rxcookie\n"
2481 " use 'txcookie=0x012345678' to specify a txcookie\n"
2482 " use 'cookie64=on' to set cookie size to 64 bit, otherwise 32\n"
2483 " use 'counter=off' to force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter\n"
2484 " use 'pincounter=on' to work around broken counter handling in peer\n"
2485 " use 'offset=X' to add an extra offset between header and data\n"
2486#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002487 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]\n"
2488 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2489 " using a socket connection\n"
2490 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]\n"
2491 " configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n"
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08002492 " use 'localaddr=addr' to specify the host address to send packets from\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002493 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,udp=host:port][,localaddr=host:port]\n"
2494 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2495 " using an UDP tunnel\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002496#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002497 "-netdev vde,id=str[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]\n"
2498 " configure a network backend to connect to port 'n' of a vde switch\n"
2499 " running on host and listening for incoming connections on 'socketpath'.\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002500 " Use group 'groupname' and mode 'octalmode' to change default\n"
2501 " ownership and permissions for communication port.\n"
2502#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002503#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002504 "-netdev netmap,id=str,ifname=name[,devname=nmname]\n"
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002505 " attach to the existing netmap-enabled network interface 'name', or to a\n"
2506 " VALE port (created on the fly) called 'name' ('nmname' is name of the \n"
2507 " netmap device, defaults to '/dev/netmap')\n"
2508#endif
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002509#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002510 "-netdev vhost-user,id=str,chardev=dev[,vhostforce=on|off]\n"
2511 " configure a vhost-user network, backed by a chardev 'dev'\n"
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002512#endif
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08002513#ifdef __linux__
2514 "-netdev vhost-vdpa,id=str,vhostdev=/path/to/dev\n"
2515 " configure a vhost-vdpa network,Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev\n"
2516#endif
Thomas Huth18d65d22018-01-15 20:50:55 +01002517 "-netdev hubport,id=str,hubid=n[,netdev=nd]\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002518 " configure a hub port on the hub with ID 'n'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002519DEF("nic", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_nic,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002520 "-nic [tap|bridge|"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002521#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2522 "user|"
2523#endif
2524#ifdef __linux__
2525 "l2tpv3|"
2526#endif
2527#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2528 "vde|"
2529#endif
2530#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2531 "netmap|"
2532#endif
2533#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
2534 "vhost-user|"
2535#endif
2536 "socket][,option][,...][mac=macaddr]\n"
2537 " initialize an on-board / default host NIC (using MAC address\n"
2538 " macaddr) and connect it to the given host network backend\n"
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002539 "-nic none use it alone to have zero network devices (the default is to\n"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002540 " provided a 'user' network connection)\n",
2541 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002542DEF("net", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_net,
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002543 "-net nic[,macaddr=mac][,model=type][,name=str][,addr=str][,vectors=v]\n"
Thomas Huth0e60a822017-12-19 16:28:55 +01002544 " configure or create an on-board (or machine default) NIC and\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002545 " connect it to hub 0 (please use -nic unless you need a hub)\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002546 "-net ["
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002547#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2548 "user|"
2549#endif
2550 "tap|"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002551 "bridge|"
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002552#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2553 "vde|"
2554#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002555#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2556 "netmap|"
2557#endif
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002558 "socket][,option][,option][,...]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002559 " old way to initialize a host network interface\n"
2560 " (use the -netdev option if possible instead)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002561SRST
2562``-nic [tap|bridge|user|l2tpv3|vde|netmap|vhost-user|socket][,...][,mac=macaddr][,model=mn]``
2563 This option is a shortcut for configuring both the on-board
2564 (default) guest NIC hardware and the host network backend in one go.
2565 The host backend options are the same as with the corresponding
2566 ``-netdev`` options below. The guest NIC model can be set with
2567 ``model=modelname``. Use ``model=help`` to list the available device
2568 types. The hardware MAC address can be set with ``mac=macaddr``.
2569
2570 The following two example do exactly the same, to show how ``-nic``
2571 can be used to shorten the command line length:
2572
2573 .. parsed-literal::
2574
2575 |qemu_system| -netdev user,id=n1,ipv6=off -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
2576 |qemu_system| -nic user,ipv6=off,model=e1000,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
2577
2578``-nic none``
2579 Indicate that no network devices should be configured. It is used to
2580 override the default configuration (default NIC with "user" host
2581 network backend) which is activated if no other networking options
2582 are provided.
2583
2584``-netdev user,id=id[,option][,option][,...]``
2585 Configure user mode host network backend which requires no
2586 administrator privilege to run. Valid options are:
2587
2588 ``id=id``
2589 Assign symbolic name for use in monitor commands.
2590
2591 ``ipv4=on|off and ipv6=on|off``
2592 Specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be enabled. If neither is
2593 specified both protocols are enabled.
2594
2595 ``net=addr[/mask]``
2596 Set IP network address the guest will see. Optionally specify
2597 the netmask, either in the form a.b.c.d or as number of valid
2598 top-most bits. Default is 10.0.2.0/24.
2599
2600 ``host=addr``
2601 Specify the guest-visible address of the host. Default is the
2602 2nd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.2.
2603
2604 ``ipv6-net=addr[/int]``
2605 Set IPv6 network address the guest will see (default is
2606 fec0::/64). The network prefix is given in the usual hexadecimal
2607 IPv6 address notation. The prefix size is optional, and is given
2608 as the number of valid top-most bits (default is 64).
2609
2610 ``ipv6-host=addr``
2611 Specify the guest-visible IPv6 address of the host. Default is
2612 the 2nd IPv6 in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::2.
2613
2614 ``restrict=on|off``
2615 If this option is enabled, the guest will be isolated, i.e. it
2616 will not be able to contact the host and no guest IP packets
2617 will be routed over the host to the outside. This option does
2618 not affect any explicitly set forwarding rules.
2619
2620 ``hostname=name``
2621 Specifies the client hostname reported by the built-in DHCP
2622 server.
2623
2624 ``dhcpstart=addr``
2625 Specify the first of the 16 IPs the built-in DHCP server can
2626 assign. Default is the 15th to 31st IP in the guest network,
2627 i.e. x.x.x.15 to x.x.x.31.
2628
2629 ``dns=addr``
2630 Specify the guest-visible address of the virtual nameserver. The
2631 address must be different from the host address. Default is the
2632 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.3.
2633
2634 ``ipv6-dns=addr``
2635 Specify the guest-visible address of the IPv6 virtual
2636 nameserver. The address must be different from the host address.
2637 Default is the 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::3.
2638
2639 ``dnssearch=domain``
2640 Provides an entry for the domain-search list sent by the
2641 built-in DHCP server. More than one domain suffix can be
2642 transmitted by specifying this option multiple times. If
2643 supported, this will cause the guest to automatically try to
2644 append the given domain suffix(es) in case a domain name can not
2645 be resolved.
2646
2647 Example:
2648
2649 .. parsed-literal::
2650
2651 |qemu_system| -nic user,dnssearch=mgmt.example.org,dnssearch=example.org
2652
2653 ``domainname=domain``
2654 Specifies the client domain name reported by the built-in DHCP
2655 server.
2656
2657 ``tftp=dir``
2658 When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in TFTP
2659 server. The files in dir will be exposed as the root of a TFTP
2660 server. The TFTP client on the guest must be configured in
2661 binary mode (use the command ``bin`` of the Unix TFTP client).
2662
2663 ``tftp-server-name=name``
2664 In BOOTP reply, broadcast name as the "TFTP server name"
2665 (RFC2132 option 66). This can be used to advise the guest to
2666 load boot files or configurations from a different server than
2667 the host address.
2668
2669 ``bootfile=file``
2670 When using the user mode network stack, broadcast file as the
2671 BOOTP filename. In conjunction with ``tftp``, this can be used
2672 to network boot a guest from a local directory.
2673
2674 Example (using pxelinux):
2675
2676 .. parsed-literal::
2677
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02002678 |qemu_system| -hda linux.img -boot n -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002679 -netdev user,id=n1,tftp=/path/to/tftp/files,bootfile=/pxelinux.0
2680
2681 ``smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]``
2682 When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in SMB
2683 server so that Windows OSes can access to the host files in
2684 ``dir`` transparently. The IP address of the SMB server can be
2685 set to addr. By default the 4th IP in the guest network is used,
2686 i.e. x.x.x.4.
2687
2688 In the guest Windows OS, the line:
2689
2690 ::
2691
2692 10.0.2.4 smbserver
2693
2694 must be added in the file ``C:\WINDOWS\LMHOSTS`` (for windows
2695 9x/Me) or ``C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC\LMHOSTS`` (Windows
2696 NT/2000).
2697
2698 Then ``dir`` can be accessed in ``\\smbserver\qemu``.
2699
2700 Note that a SAMBA server must be installed on the host OS.
2701
2702 ``hostfwd=[tcp|udp]:[hostaddr]:hostport-[guestaddr]:guestport``
2703 Redirect incoming TCP or UDP connections to the host port
2704 hostport to the guest IP address guestaddr on guest port
2705 guestport. If guestaddr is not specified, its value is x.x.x.15
2706 (default first address given by the built-in DHCP server). By
2707 specifying hostaddr, the rule can be bound to a specific host
2708 interface. If no connection type is set, TCP is used. This
2709 option can be given multiple times.
2710
2711 For example, to redirect host X11 connection from screen 1 to
2712 guest screen 0, use the following:
2713
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002714 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002715
2716 # on the host
2717 |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp:127.0.0.1:6001-:6000
2718 # this host xterm should open in the guest X11 server
2719 xterm -display :1
2720
2721 To redirect telnet connections from host port 5555 to telnet
2722 port on the guest, use the following:
2723
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002724 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002725
2726 # on the host
2727 |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp::5555-:23
2728 telnet localhost 5555
2729
2730 Then when you use on the host ``telnet localhost 5555``, you
2731 connect to the guest telnet server.
2732
2733 ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-dev``; \ ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-cmd:command``
2734 Forward guest TCP connections to the IP address server on port
2735 port to the character device dev or to a program executed by
2736 cmd:command which gets spawned for each connection. This option
2737 can be given multiple times.
2738
2739 You can either use a chardev directly and have that one used
2740 throughout QEMU's lifetime, like in the following example:
2741
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002742 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002743
2744 # open 10.10.1.1:4321 on bootup, connect 10.0.2.100:1234 to it whenever
2745 # the guest accesses it
2746 |qemu_system| -nic user,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-tcp:10.10.1.1:4321
2747
2748 Or you can execute a command on every TCP connection established
2749 by the guest, so that QEMU behaves similar to an inetd process
2750 for that virtual server:
2751
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002752 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002753
2754 # call "netcat 10.10.1.1 4321" on every TCP connection to 10.0.2.100:1234
2755 # and connect the TCP stream to its stdin/stdout
2756 |qemu_system| -nic 'user,id=n1,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-cmd:netcat 10.10.1.1 4321'
2757
2758``-netdev tap,id=id[,fd=h][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile][,br=bridge][,helper=helper]``
2759 Configure a host TAP network backend with ID id.
2760
2761 Use the network script file to configure it and the network script
2762 dfile to deconfigure it. If name is not provided, the OS
2763 automatically provides one. The default network configure script is
2764 ``/etc/qemu-ifup`` and the default network deconfigure script is
2765 ``/etc/qemu-ifdown``. Use ``script=no`` or ``downscript=no`` to
2766 disable script execution.
2767
2768 If running QEMU as an unprivileged user, use the network helper
Tianjia Zhang8d73ec82020-07-27 12:59:25 +08002769 to configure the TAP interface and attach it to the bridge.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002770 The default network helper executable is
2771 ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is
2772 ``br0``.
2773
2774 ``fd``\ =h can be used to specify the handle of an already opened
2775 host TAP interface.
2776
2777 Examples:
2778
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002779 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002780
2781 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network script
2782 |qemu_system| linux.img -nic tap
2783
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002784 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002785
2786 #launch a QEMU instance with two NICs, each one connected
2787 #to a TAP device
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02002788 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
2789 -netdev tap,id=nd0,ifname=tap0 -device e1000,netdev=nd0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002790 -netdev tap,id=nd1,ifname=tap1 -device rtl8139,netdev=nd1
2791
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002792 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002793
2794 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
2795 #connect a TAP device to bridge br0
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02002796 |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002797 -netdev tap,id=n1,"helper=/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper"
2798
2799``-netdev bridge,id=id[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]``
2800 Connect a host TAP network interface to a host bridge device.
2801
2802 Use the network helper helper to configure the TAP interface and
2803 attach it to the bridge. The default network helper executable is
2804 ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is
2805 ``br0``.
2806
2807 Examples:
2808
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002809 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002810
2811 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
2812 #connect a TAP device to bridge br0
2813 |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
2814
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002815 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002816
2817 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
2818 #connect a TAP device to bridge qemubr0
2819 |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,br=qemubr0,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
2820
2821``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]``
2822 This host network backend can be used to connect the guest's network
2823 to another QEMU virtual machine using a TCP socket connection. If
2824 ``listen`` is specified, QEMU waits for incoming connections on port
2825 (host is optional). ``connect`` is used to connect to another QEMU
2826 instance using the ``listen`` option. ``fd``\ =h specifies an
2827 already opened TCP socket.
2828
2829 Example:
2830
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002831 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002832
2833 # launch a first QEMU instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02002834 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
2835 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002836 -netdev socket,id=n1,listen=:1234
2837 # connect the network of this instance to the network of the first instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02002838 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
2839 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002840 -netdev socket,id=n2,connect=127.0.0.1:1234
2841
2842``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]``
2843 Configure a socket host network backend to share the guest's network
2844 traffic with another QEMU virtual machines using a UDP multicast
2845 socket, effectively making a bus for every QEMU with same multicast
2846 address maddr and port. NOTES:
2847
2848 1. Several QEMU can be running on different hosts and share same bus
2849 (assuming correct multicast setup for these hosts).
2850
2851 2. mcast support is compatible with User Mode Linux (argument
2852 ``ethN=mcast``), see http://user-mode-linux.sf.net.
2853
2854 3. Use ``fd=h`` to specify an already opened UDP multicast socket.
2855
2856 Example:
2857
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002858 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002859
2860 # launch one QEMU instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02002861 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
2862 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002863 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
2864 # launch another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02002865 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
2866 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002867 -netdev socket,id=n2,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
2868 # launch yet another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02002869 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
2870 -device e1000,netdev=n3,mac=52:54:00:12:34:58 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002871 -netdev socket,id=n3,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
2872
2873 Example (User Mode Linux compat.):
2874
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002875 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002876
2877 # launch QEMU instance (note mcast address selected is UML's default)
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02002878 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
2879 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002880 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102
2881 # launch UML
2882 /path/to/linux ubd0=/path/to/root_fs eth0=mcast
2883
2884 Example (send packets from host's 1.2.3.4):
2885
2886 .. parsed-literal::
2887
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02002888 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
2889 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002890 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102,localaddr=1.2.3.4
2891
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00002892``-netdev l2tpv3,id=id,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport],txsession=txsession[,rxsession=rxsession][,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off][,cookie64][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie][,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002893 Configure a L2TPv3 pseudowire host network backend. L2TPv3 (RFC3931)
2894 is a popular protocol to transport Ethernet (and other Layer 2) data
2895 frames between two systems. It is present in routers, firewalls and
2896 the Linux kernel (from version 3.3 onwards).
2897
2898 This transport allows a VM to communicate to another VM, router or
2899 firewall directly.
2900
2901 ``src=srcaddr``
2902 source address (mandatory)
2903
2904 ``dst=dstaddr``
2905 destination address (mandatory)
2906
2907 ``udp``
2908 select udp encapsulation (default is ip).
2909
2910 ``srcport=srcport``
2911 source udp port.
2912
2913 ``dstport=dstport``
2914 destination udp port.
2915
2916 ``ipv6``
2917 force v6, otherwise defaults to v4.
2918
2919 ``rxcookie=rxcookie``; \ ``txcookie=txcookie``
2920 Cookies are a weak form of security in the l2tpv3 specification.
2921 Their function is mostly to prevent misconfiguration. By default
2922 they are 32 bit.
2923
2924 ``cookie64``
2925 Set cookie size to 64 bit instead of the default 32
2926
2927 ``counter=off``
2928 Force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter as in
2929 draft-mkonstan-l2tpext-keyed-ipv6-tunnel-00
2930
2931 ``pincounter=on``
2932 Work around broken counter handling in peer. This may also help
2933 on networks which have packet reorder.
2934
2935 ``offset=offset``
2936 Add an extra offset between header and data
2937
2938 For example, to attach a VM running on host 4.3.2.1 via L2TPv3 to
2939 the bridge br-lan on the remote Linux host 1.2.3.4:
2940
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002941 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002942
2943 # Setup tunnel on linux host using raw ip as encapsulation
2944 # on 1.2.3.4
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02002945 ip l2tp add tunnel remote 4.3.2.1 local 1.2.3.4 tunnel_id 1 peer_tunnel_id 1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002946 encap udp udp_sport 16384 udp_dport 16384
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02002947 ip l2tp add session tunnel_id 1 name vmtunnel0 session_id \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002948 0xFFFFFFFF peer_session_id 0xFFFFFFFF
2949 ifconfig vmtunnel0 mtu 1500
2950 ifconfig vmtunnel0 up
2951 brctl addif br-lan vmtunnel0
2952
2953
2954 # on 4.3.2.1
2955 # launch QEMU instance - if your network has reorder or is very lossy add ,pincounter
2956
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02002957 |qemu_system| linux.img -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002958 -netdev l2tpv3,id=n1,src=4.2.3.1,dst=1.2.3.4,udp,srcport=16384,dstport=16384,rxsession=0xffffffff,txsession=0xffffffff,counter
2959
2960``-netdev vde,id=id[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]``
2961 Configure VDE backend to connect to PORT n of a vde switch running
2962 on host and listening for incoming connections on socketpath. Use
2963 GROUP groupname and MODE octalmode to change default ownership and
2964 permissions for communication port. This option is only available if
2965 QEMU has been compiled with vde support enabled.
2966
2967 Example:
2968
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002969 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002970
2971 # launch vde switch
2972 vde_switch -F -sock /tmp/myswitch
2973 # launch QEMU instance
2974 |qemu_system| linux.img -nic vde,sock=/tmp/myswitch
2975
2976``-netdev vhost-user,chardev=id[,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]``
2977 Establish a vhost-user netdev, backed by a chardev id. The chardev
2978 should be a unix domain socket backed one. The vhost-user uses a
2979 specifically defined protocol to pass vhost ioctl replacement
2980 messages to an application on the other end of the socket. On
2981 non-MSIX guests, the feature can be forced with vhostforce. Use
2982 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for
2983 multiqueue vhost-user.
2984
2985 Example:
2986
2987 ::
2988
2989 qemu -m 512 -object memory-backend-file,id=mem,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,share=on \
2990 -numa node,memdev=mem \
2991 -chardev socket,id=chr0,path=/path/to/socket \
2992 -netdev type=vhost-user,id=net0,chardev=chr0 \
2993 -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=net0
2994
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08002995``-netdev vhost-vdpa,vhostdev=/path/to/dev``
2996 Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev.
2997
2998 vDPA device is a device that uses a datapath which complies with
2999 the virtio specifications with a vendor specific control path.
3000 vDPA devices can be both physically located on the hardware or
3001 emulated by software.
3002
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003003``-netdev hubport,id=id,hubid=hubid[,netdev=nd]``
3004 Create a hub port on the emulated hub with ID hubid.
3005
3006 The hubport netdev lets you connect a NIC to a QEMU emulated hub
3007 instead of a single netdev. Alternatively, you can also connect the
3008 hubport to another netdev with ID nd by using the ``netdev=nd``
3009 option.
3010
3011``-net nic[,netdev=nd][,macaddr=mac][,model=type] [,name=name][,addr=addr][,vectors=v]``
3012 Legacy option to configure or create an on-board (or machine
3013 default) Network Interface Card(NIC) and connect it either to the
3014 emulated hub with ID 0 (i.e. the default hub), or to the netdev nd.
3015 If model is omitted, then the default NIC model associated with the
3016 machine type is used. Note that the default NIC model may change in
3017 future QEMU releases, so it is highly recommended to always specify
3018 a model. Optionally, the MAC address can be changed to mac, the
3019 device address set to addr (PCI cards only), and a name can be
3020 assigned for use in monitor commands. Optionally, for PCI cards, you
3021 can specify the number v of MSI-X vectors that the card should have;
3022 this option currently only affects virtio cards; set v = 0 to
3023 disable MSI-X. If no ``-net`` option is specified, a single NIC is
3024 created. QEMU can emulate several different models of network card.
3025 Use ``-net nic,model=help`` for a list of available devices for your
3026 target.
3027
3028``-net user|tap|bridge|socket|l2tpv3|vde[,...][,name=name]``
3029 Configure a host network backend (with the options corresponding to
3030 the same ``-netdev`` option) and connect it to the emulated hub 0
3031 (the default hub). Use name to specify the name of the hub port.
3032ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003033
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003034DEFHEADING()
3035
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003036DEFHEADING(Character device options:)
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003037
3038DEF("chardev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chardev,
Lin Ma517b3d42016-08-17 01:13:52 +08003039 "-chardev help\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003040 "-chardev null,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003041 "-chardev socket,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003042 " [,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00003043 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,tls-creds=ID][,tls-authz=ID] (tcp)\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003044 "-chardev socket,id=id,path=path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003045 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off] (unix)\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003046 "-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003047 " [,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003048 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3049 "-chardev msmouse,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003050 "-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003051 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3052 "-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3053 "-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3054 "-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003055#ifdef _WIN32
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003056 "-chardev console,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3057 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003058#else
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003059 "-chardev pty,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3060 "-chardev stdio,id=id[,mux=on|off][,signal=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003061#endif
3062#ifdef CONFIG_BRLAPI
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003063 "-chardev braille,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003064#endif
3065#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__sun__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) \
3066 || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003067 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3068 "-chardev tty,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003069#endif
3070#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003071 "-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3072 "-chardev parport,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003073#endif
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003074#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003075 "-chardev spicevmc,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3076 "-chardev spiceport,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003077#endif
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003078 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003079)
3080
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003081SRST
3082The general form of a character device option is:
3083
3084``-chardev backend,id=id[,mux=on|off][,options]``
3085 Backend is one of: ``null``, ``socket``, ``udp``, ``msmouse``,
3086 ``vc``, ``ringbuf``, ``file``, ``pipe``, ``console``, ``serial``,
3087 ``pty``, ``stdio``, ``braille``, ``tty``, ``parallel``, ``parport``,
3088 ``spicevmc``, ``spiceport``. The specific backend will determine the
3089 applicable options.
3090
3091 Use ``-chardev help`` to print all available chardev backend types.
3092
3093 All devices must have an id, which can be any string up to 127
3094 characters long. It is used to uniquely identify this device in
3095 other command line directives.
3096
3097 A character device may be used in multiplexing mode by multiple
3098 front-ends. Specify ``mux=on`` to enable this mode. A multiplexer is
3099 a "1:N" device, and here the "1" end is your specified chardev
3100 backend, and the "N" end is the various parts of QEMU that can talk
3101 to a chardev. If you create a chardev with ``id=myid`` and
3102 ``mux=on``, QEMU will create a multiplexer with your specified ID,
3103 and you can then configure multiple front ends to use that chardev
3104 ID for their input/output. Up to four different front ends can be
3105 connected to a single multiplexed chardev. (Without multiplexing
3106 enabled, a chardev can only be used by a single front end.) For
3107 instance you could use this to allow a single stdio chardev to be
3108 used by two serial ports and the QEMU monitor:
3109
3110 ::
3111
3112 -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
3113 -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
3114 -serial chardev:char0 \
3115 -serial chardev:char0
3116
3117 You can have more than one multiplexer in a system configuration;
3118 for instance you could have a TCP port multiplexed between UART 0
3119 and UART 1, and stdio multiplexed between the QEMU monitor and a
3120 parallel port:
3121
3122 ::
3123
3124 -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
3125 -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
3126 -parallel chardev:char0 \
3127 -chardev tcp,...,mux=on,id=char1 \
3128 -serial chardev:char1 \
3129 -serial chardev:char1
3130
3131 When you're using a multiplexed character device, some escape
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01003132 sequences are interpreted in the input. See the chapter about
3133 :ref:`keys in the character backend multiplexer` in the
3134 System Emulation Users Guide for more details.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003135
3136 Note that some other command line options may implicitly create
3137 multiplexed character backends; for instance ``-serial mon:stdio``
3138 creates a multiplexed stdio backend connected to the serial port and
3139 the QEMU monitor, and ``-nographic`` also multiplexes the console
3140 and the monitor to stdio.
3141
3142 There is currently no support for multiplexing in the other
3143 direction (where a single QEMU front end takes input and output from
3144 multiple chardevs).
3145
3146 Every backend supports the ``logfile`` option, which supplies the
3147 path to a file to record all data transmitted via the backend. The
3148 ``logappend`` option controls whether the log file will be truncated
3149 or appended to when opened.
3150
3151The available backends are:
3152
3153``-chardev null,id=id``
3154 A void device. This device will not emit any data, and will drop any
3155 data it receives. The null backend does not take any options.
3156
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003157``-chardev socket,id=id[,TCP options or unix options][,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds][,tls-creds=id][,tls-authz=id]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003158 Create a two-way stream socket, which can be either a TCP or a unix
3159 socket. A unix socket will be created if ``path`` is specified.
3160 Behaviour is undefined if TCP options are specified for a unix
3161 socket.
3162
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003163 ``server=on|off`` specifies that the socket shall be a listening socket.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003164
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003165 ``wait=on|off`` specifies that QEMU should not block waiting for a client
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003166 to connect to a listening socket.
3167
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003168 ``telnet=on|off`` specifies that traffic on the socket should interpret
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003169 telnet escape sequences.
3170
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003171 ``websocket=on|off`` specifies that the socket uses WebSocket protocol for
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003172 communication.
3173
3174 ``reconnect`` sets the timeout for reconnecting on non-server
3175 sockets when the remote end goes away. qemu will delay this many
3176 seconds and then attempt to reconnect. Zero disables reconnecting,
3177 and is the default.
3178
3179 ``tls-creds`` requests enablement of the TLS protocol for
3180 encryption, and specifies the id of the TLS credentials to use for
3181 the handshake. The credentials must be previously created with the
3182 ``-object tls-creds`` argument.
3183
3184 ``tls-auth`` provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object
3185 against which the client's x509 distinguished name will be
3186 validated. This object is only resolved at time of use, so can be
3187 deleted and recreated on the fly while the chardev server is active.
3188 If missing, it will default to denying access.
3189
3190 TCP and unix socket options are given below:
3191
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003192 ``TCP options: port=port[,host=host][,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003193 ``host`` for a listening socket specifies the local address to
3194 be bound. For a connecting socket species the remote host to
3195 connect to. ``host`` is optional for listening sockets. If not
3196 specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``.
3197
3198 ``port`` for a listening socket specifies the local port to be
3199 bound. For a connecting socket specifies the port on the remote
3200 host to connect to. ``port`` can be given as either a port
3201 number or a service name. ``port`` is required.
3202
3203 ``to`` is only relevant to listening sockets. If it is
3204 specified, and ``port`` cannot be bound, QEMU will attempt to
3205 bind to subsequent ports up to and including ``to`` until it
3206 succeeds. ``to`` must be specified as a port number.
3207
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003208 ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4
3209 or IPv6 must be used. If neither is specified the socket may
3210 use either protocol.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003211
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003212 ``nodelay=on|off`` disables the Nagle algorithm.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003213
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003214 ``unix options: path=path[,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003215 ``path`` specifies the local path of the unix socket. ``path``
3216 is required.
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003217 ``abstract=on|off`` specifies the use of the abstract socket namespace,
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003218 rather than the filesystem. Optional, defaults to false.
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003219 ``tight=on|off`` sets the socket length of abstract sockets to their minimum,
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003220 rather than the full sun_path length. Optional, defaults to true.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003221
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003222``-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr][,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003223 Sends all traffic from the guest to a remote host over UDP.
3224
3225 ``host`` specifies the remote host to connect to. If not specified
3226 it defaults to ``localhost``.
3227
3228 ``port`` specifies the port on the remote host to connect to.
3229 ``port`` is required.
3230
3231 ``localaddr`` specifies the local address to bind to. If not
3232 specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``.
3233
3234 ``localport`` specifies the local port to bind to. If not specified
3235 any available local port will be used.
3236
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003237 ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be used.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003238 If neither is specified the device may use either protocol.
3239
3240``-chardev msmouse,id=id``
3241 Forward QEMU's emulated msmouse events to the guest. ``msmouse``
3242 does not take any options.
3243
3244``-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]``
3245 Connect to a QEMU text console. ``vc`` may optionally be given a
3246 specific size.
3247
3248 ``width`` and ``height`` specify the width and height respectively
3249 of the console, in pixels.
3250
3251 ``cols`` and ``rows`` specify that the console be sized to fit a
3252 text console with the given dimensions.
3253
3254``-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size]``
3255 Create a ring buffer with fixed size ``size``. size must be a power
3256 of two and defaults to ``64K``.
3257
3258``-chardev file,id=id,path=path``
3259 Log all traffic received from the guest to a file.
3260
3261 ``path`` specifies the path of the file to be opened. This file will
3262 be created if it does not already exist, and overwritten if it does.
3263 ``path`` is required.
3264
3265``-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path``
3266 Create a two-way connection to the guest. The behaviour differs
3267 slightly between Windows hosts and other hosts:
3268
3269 On Windows, a single duplex pipe will be created at
3270 ``\\.pipe\path``.
3271
3272 On other hosts, 2 pipes will be created called ``path.in`` and
3273 ``path.out``. Data written to ``path.in`` will be received by the
3274 guest. Data written by the guest can be read from ``path.out``. QEMU
3275 will not create these fifos, and requires them to be present.
3276
3277 ``path`` forms part of the pipe path as described above. ``path`` is
3278 required.
3279
3280``-chardev console,id=id``
3281 Send traffic from the guest to QEMU's standard output. ``console``
3282 does not take any options.
3283
3284 ``console`` is only available on Windows hosts.
3285
3286``-chardev serial,id=id,path=path``
3287 Send traffic from the guest to a serial device on the host.
3288
3289 On Unix hosts serial will actually accept any tty device, not only
3290 serial lines.
3291
3292 ``path`` specifies the name of the serial device to open.
3293
3294``-chardev pty,id=id``
3295 Create a new pseudo-terminal on the host and connect to it. ``pty``
3296 does not take any options.
3297
3298 ``pty`` is not available on Windows hosts.
3299
3300``-chardev stdio,id=id[,signal=on|off]``
3301 Connect to standard input and standard output of the QEMU process.
3302
3303 ``signal`` controls if signals are enabled on the terminal, that
3304 includes exiting QEMU with the key sequence Control-c. This option
3305 is enabled by default, use ``signal=off`` to disable it.
3306
3307``-chardev braille,id=id``
3308 Connect to a local BrlAPI server. ``braille`` does not take any
3309 options.
3310
3311``-chardev tty,id=id,path=path``
3312 ``tty`` is only available on Linux, Sun, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD
3313 and DragonFlyBSD hosts. It is an alias for ``serial``.
3314
3315 ``path`` specifies the path to the tty. ``path`` is required.
3316
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003317``-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path``
3318 \
3319``-chardev parport,id=id,path=path``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003320 ``parallel`` is only available on Linux, FreeBSD and DragonFlyBSD
3321 hosts.
3322
3323 Connect to a local parallel port.
3324
3325 ``path`` specifies the path to the parallel port device. ``path`` is
3326 required.
3327
3328``-chardev spicevmc,id=id,debug=debug,name=name``
3329 ``spicevmc`` is only available when spice support is built in.
3330
3331 ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc
3332
3333 ``name`` name of spice channel to connect to
3334
3335 Connect to a spice virtual machine channel, such as vdiport.
3336
3337``-chardev spiceport,id=id,debug=debug,name=name``
3338 ``spiceport`` is only available when spice support is built in.
3339
3340 ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc
3341
3342 ``name`` name of spice port to connect to
3343
3344 Connect to a spice port, allowing a Spice client to handle the
3345 traffic identified by a name (preferably a fqdn).
3346ERST
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003347
3348DEFHEADING()
3349
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003350#ifdef CONFIG_TPM
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003351DEFHEADING(TPM device options:)
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003352
3353DEF("tpmdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tpmdev, \
Stefan Berger92dcc232013-02-27 12:47:54 -05003354 "-tpmdev passthrough,id=id[,path=path][,cancel-path=path]\n"
3355 " use path to provide path to a character device; default is /dev/tpm0\n"
3356 " use cancel-path to provide path to TPM's cancel sysfs entry; if\n"
Amarnath Vallurif4ede812017-09-29 14:10:20 +03003357 " not provided it will be searched for in /sys/class/misc/tpm?/device\n"
3358 "-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev\n"
3359 " configure the TPM device using chardev backend\n",
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003360 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003361SRST
3362The general form of a TPM device option is:
3363
3364``-tpmdev backend,id=id[,options]``
3365 The specific backend type will determine the applicable options. The
3366 ``-tpmdev`` option creates the TPM backend and requires a
3367 ``-device`` option that specifies the TPM frontend interface model.
3368
3369 Use ``-tpmdev help`` to print all available TPM backend types.
3370
3371The available backends are:
3372
3373``-tpmdev passthrough,id=id,path=path,cancel-path=cancel-path``
3374 (Linux-host only) Enable access to the host's TPM using the
3375 passthrough driver.
3376
3377 ``path`` specifies the path to the host's TPM device, i.e., on a
3378 Linux host this would be ``/dev/tpm0``. ``path`` is optional and by
3379 default ``/dev/tpm0`` is used.
3380
3381 ``cancel-path`` specifies the path to the host TPM device's sysfs
3382 entry allowing for cancellation of an ongoing TPM command.
3383 ``cancel-path`` is optional and by default QEMU will search for the
3384 sysfs entry to use.
3385
3386 Some notes about using the host's TPM with the passthrough driver:
3387
3388 The TPM device accessed by the passthrough driver must not be used
3389 by any other application on the host.
3390
3391 Since the host's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) has already initialized the
3392 TPM, the VM's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) will not be able to initialize
3393 the TPM again and may therefore not show a TPM-specific menu that
3394 would otherwise allow the user to configure the TPM, e.g., allow the
3395 user to enable/disable or activate/deactivate the TPM. Further, if
3396 TPM ownership is released from within a VM then the host's TPM will
3397 get disabled and deactivated. To enable and activate the TPM again
3398 afterwards, the host has to be rebooted and the user is required to
3399 enter the firmware's menu to enable and activate the TPM. If the TPM
3400 is left disabled and/or deactivated most TPM commands will fail.
3401
3402 To create a passthrough TPM use the following two options:
3403
3404 ::
3405
3406 -tpmdev passthrough,id=tpm0 -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3407
3408 Note that the ``-tpmdev`` id is ``tpm0`` and is referenced by
3409 ``tpmdev=tpm0`` in the device option.
3410
3411``-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev``
3412 (Linux-host only) Enable access to a TPM emulator using Unix domain
3413 socket based chardev backend.
3414
3415 ``chardev`` specifies the unique ID of a character device backend
3416 that provides connection to the software TPM server.
3417
3418 To create a TPM emulator backend device with chardev socket backend:
3419
3420 ::
3421
3422 -chardev socket,id=chrtpm,path=/tmp/swtpm-sock -tpmdev emulator,id=tpm0,chardev=chrtpm -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3423ERST
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003424
3425DEFHEADING()
3426
3427#endif
3428
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003429DEFHEADING(Linux/Multiboot boot specific:)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003430SRST
3431When using these options, you can use a given Linux or Multiboot kernel
3432without installing it in the disk image. It can be useful for easier
3433testing of various kernels.
3434
3435
3436ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003437
3438DEF("kernel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_kernel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003439 "-kernel bzImage use 'bzImage' as kernel image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003440SRST
3441``-kernel bzImage``
3442 Use bzImage as kernel image. The kernel can be either a Linux kernel
3443 or in multiboot format.
3444ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003445
3446DEF("append", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_append, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003447 "-append cmdline use 'cmdline' as kernel command line\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003448SRST
3449``-append cmdline``
3450 Use cmdline as kernel command line
3451ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003452
3453DEF("initrd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_initrd, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003454 "-initrd file use 'file' as initial ram disk\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003455SRST
3456``-initrd file``
3457 Use file as initial ram disk.
3458
3459``-initrd "file1 arg=foo,file2"``
3460 This syntax is only available with multiboot.
3461
3462 Use file1 and file2 as modules and pass arg=foo as parameter to the
3463 first module.
3464ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003465
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00003466DEF("dtb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dtb, \
Peter A. G. Crosthwaite379b5c72012-03-04 21:03:54 +10003467 "-dtb file use 'file' as device tree image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003468SRST
3469``-dtb file``
3470 Use file as a device tree binary (dtb) image and pass it to the
3471 kernel on boot.
3472ERST
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00003473
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003474DEFHEADING()
3475
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003476DEFHEADING(Debug/Expert options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003477
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003478DEF("fw_cfg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fwcfg,
3479 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,file=<file>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003480 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo6407d762015-09-29 12:29:01 -04003481 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,string=<str>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003482 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from string\n",
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003483 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003484SRST
3485``-fw_cfg [name=]name,file=file``
3486 Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from file file.
3487
3488``-fw_cfg [name=]name,string=str``
3489 Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from string str.
3490
3491 The terminating NUL character of the contents of str will not be
3492 included as part of the fw\_cfg item data. To insert contents with
3493 embedded NUL characters, you have to use the file parameter.
3494
3495 The fw\_cfg entries are passed by QEMU through to the guest.
3496
3497 Example:
3498
3499 ::
3500
3501 -fw_cfg name=opt/com.mycompany/blob,file=./my_blob.bin
3502
3503 creates an fw\_cfg entry named opt/com.mycompany/blob with contents
3504 from ./my\_blob.bin.
3505ERST
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003506
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003507DEF("serial", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_serial, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003508 "-serial dev redirect the serial port to char device 'dev'\n",
3509 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003510SRST
3511``-serial dev``
3512 Redirect the virtual serial port to host character device dev. The
3513 default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non
3514 graphical mode.
3515
3516 This option can be used several times to simulate up to 4 serial
3517 ports.
3518
3519 Use ``-serial none`` to disable all serial ports.
3520
3521 Available character devices are:
3522
3523 ``vc[:WxH]``
3524 Virtual console. Optionally, a width and height can be given in
3525 pixel with
3526
3527 ::
3528
3529 vc:800x600
3530
3531 It is also possible to specify width or height in characters:
3532
3533 ::
3534
3535 vc:80Cx24C
3536
3537 ``pty``
3538 [Linux only] Pseudo TTY (a new PTY is automatically allocated)
3539
3540 ``none``
3541 No device is allocated.
3542
3543 ``null``
3544 void device
3545
3546 ``chardev:id``
3547 Use a named character device defined with the ``-chardev``
3548 option.
3549
3550 ``/dev/XXX``
3551 [Linux only] Use host tty, e.g. ``/dev/ttyS0``. The host serial
3552 port parameters are set according to the emulated ones.
3553
3554 ``/dev/parportN``
3555 [Linux only, parallel port only] Use host parallel port N.
3556 Currently SPP and EPP parallel port features can be used.
3557
3558 ``file:filename``
3559 Write output to filename. No character can be read.
3560
3561 ``stdio``
3562 [Unix only] standard input/output
3563
3564 ``pipe:filename``
3565 name pipe filename
3566
3567 ``COMn``
3568 [Windows only] Use host serial port n
3569
3570 ``udp:[remote_host]:remote_port[@[src_ip]:src_port]``
3571 This implements UDP Net Console. When remote\_host or src\_ip
3572 are not specified they default to ``0.0.0.0``. When not using a
3573 specified src\_port a random port is automatically chosen.
3574
3575 If you just want a simple readonly console you can use
3576 ``netcat`` or ``nc``, by starting QEMU with:
3577 ``-serial udp::4555`` and nc as: ``nc -u -l -p 4555``. Any time
3578 QEMU writes something to that port it will appear in the
3579 netconsole session.
3580
3581 If you plan to send characters back via netconsole or you want
3582 to stop and start QEMU a lot of times, you should have QEMU use
3583 the same source port each time by using something like ``-serial
3584 udp::4555@:4556`` to QEMU. Another approach is to use a patched
3585 version of netcat which can listen to a TCP port and send and
3586 receive characters via udp. If you have a patched version of
3587 netcat which activates telnet remote echo and single char
3588 transfer, then you can use the following options to set up a
3589 netcat redirector to allow telnet on port 5555 to access the
3590 QEMU port.
3591
3592 ``QEMU Options:``
3593 -serial udp::4555@:4556
3594
3595 ``netcat options:``
3596 -u -P 4555 -L 0.0.0.0:4556 -t -p 5555 -I -T
3597
3598 ``telnet options:``
3599 localhost 5555
3600
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003601 ``tcp:[host]:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003602 The TCP Net Console has two modes of operation. It can send the
3603 serial I/O to a location or wait for a connection from a
3604 location. By default the TCP Net Console is sent to host at the
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003605 port. If you use the ``server=on`` option QEMU will wait for a client
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003606 socket application to connect to the port before continuing,
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003607 unless the ``wait=on|off`` option was specified. The ``nodelay=on|off``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003608 option disables the Nagle buffering algorithm. The ``reconnect=on``
3609 option only applies if ``server=no`` is set, if the connection goes
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003610 down it will attempt to reconnect at the given interval. If host
3611 is omitted, 0.0.0.0 is assumed. Only one TCP connection at a
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003612 time is accepted. You can use ``telnet=on`` to connect to the
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003613 corresponding character device.
3614
3615 ``Example to send tcp console to 192.168.0.2 port 4444``
3616 -serial tcp:192.168.0.2:4444
3617
3618 ``Example to listen and wait on port 4444 for connection``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003619 -serial tcp::4444,server=on
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003620
3621 ``Example to not wait and listen on ip 192.168.0.100 port 4444``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003622 -serial tcp:192.168.0.100:4444,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003623
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003624 ``telnet:host:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003625 The telnet protocol is used instead of raw tcp sockets. The
3626 options work the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp``.
3627 The difference is that the port acts like a telnet server or
3628 client using telnet option negotiation. This will also allow you
3629 to send the MAGIC\_SYSRQ sequence if you use a telnet that
3630 supports sending the break sequence. Typically in unix telnet
3631 you do it with Control-] and then type "send break" followed by
3632 pressing the enter key.
3633
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003634 ``websocket:host:port,server=on[,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003635 The WebSocket protocol is used instead of raw tcp socket. The
3636 port acts as a WebSocket server. Client mode is not supported.
3637
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003638 ``unix:path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003639 A unix domain socket is used instead of a tcp socket. The option
3640 works the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp`` except
3641 the unix domain socket path is used for connections.
3642
3643 ``mon:dev_string``
3644 This is a special option to allow the monitor to be multiplexed
3645 onto another serial port. The monitor is accessed with key
3646 sequence of Control-a and then pressing c. dev\_string should be
3647 any one of the serial devices specified above. An example to
3648 multiplex the monitor onto a telnet server listening on port
3649 4444 would be:
3650
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003651 ``-serial mon:telnet::4444,server=on,wait=off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003652
3653 When the monitor is multiplexed to stdio in this way, Ctrl+C
3654 will not terminate QEMU any more but will be passed to the guest
3655 instead.
3656
3657 ``braille``
3658 Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille
3659 output on a real or fake device.
3660
3661 ``msmouse``
3662 Three button serial mouse. Configure the guest to use Microsoft
3663 protocol.
3664ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003665
3666DEF("parallel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_parallel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003667 "-parallel dev redirect the parallel port to char device 'dev'\n",
3668 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003669SRST
3670``-parallel dev``
3671 Redirect the virtual parallel port to host device dev (same devices
3672 as the serial port). On Linux hosts, ``/dev/parportN`` can be used
3673 to use hardware devices connected on the corresponding host parallel
3674 port.
3675
3676 This option can be used several times to simulate up to 3 parallel
3677 ports.
3678
3679 Use ``-parallel none`` to disable all parallel ports.
3680ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003681
3682DEF("monitor", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_monitor, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003683 "-monitor dev redirect the monitor to char device 'dev'\n",
3684 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003685SRST
3686``-monitor dev``
3687 Redirect the monitor to host device dev (same devices as the serial
3688 port). The default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio``
3689 in non graphical mode. Use ``-monitor none`` to disable the default
3690 monitor.
3691ERST
Gerd Hoffmann6ca55822009-12-08 13:11:52 +01003692DEF("qmp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003693 "-qmp dev like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode\n",
3694 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003695SRST
3696``-qmp dev``
3697 Like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode.
3698ERST
Max Reitz4821cd42014-11-17 13:31:04 +01003699DEF("qmp-pretty", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp_pretty, \
3700 "-qmp-pretty dev like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting\n",
3701 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003702SRST
3703``-qmp-pretty dev``
3704 Like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting.
3705ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003706
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01003707DEF("mon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mon, \
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01003708 "-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003709SRST
3710``-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]``
3711 Setup monitor on chardev name. ``pretty`` turns on JSON pretty
3712 printing easing human reading and debugging.
3713ERST
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01003714
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08003715DEF("debugcon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_debugcon, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003716 "-debugcon dev redirect the debug console to char device 'dev'\n",
3717 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003718SRST
3719``-debugcon dev``
3720 Redirect the debug console to host device dev (same devices as the
3721 serial port). The debug console is an I/O port which is typically
3722 port 0xe9; writing to that I/O port sends output to this device. The
3723 default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non
3724 graphical mode.
3725ERST
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08003726
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003727DEF("pidfile", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pidfile, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003728 "-pidfile file write PID to 'file'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003729SRST
3730``-pidfile file``
3731 Store the QEMU process PID in file. It is useful if you launch QEMU
3732 from a script.
3733ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003734
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00003735DEF("singlestep", 0, QEMU_OPTION_singlestep, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003736 "-singlestep always run in singlestep mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003737SRST
3738``-singlestep``
3739 Run the emulation in single step mode.
3740ERST
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00003741
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02003742DEF("preconfig", 0, QEMU_OPTION_preconfig, \
Markus Armbruster361ac942018-07-05 11:14:02 +02003743 "--preconfig pause QEMU before machine is initialized (experimental)\n",
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02003744 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003745SRST
3746``--preconfig``
3747 Pause QEMU for interactive configuration before the machine is
3748 created, which allows querying and configuring properties that will
3749 affect machine initialization. Use QMP command 'x-exit-preconfig' to
3750 exit the preconfig state and move to the next state (i.e. run guest
3751 if -S isn't used or pause the second time if -S is used). This
3752 option is experimental.
3753ERST
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02003754
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003755DEF("S", 0, QEMU_OPTION_S, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003756 "-S freeze CPU at startup (use 'c' to start execution)\n",
3757 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003758SRST
3759``-S``
3760 Do not start CPU at startup (you must type 'c' in the monitor).
3761ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003762
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03003763DEF("overcommit", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_overcommit,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02003764 "-overcommit [mem-lock=on|off][cpu-pm=on|off]\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03003765 " run qemu with overcommit hints\n"
3766 " mem-lock=on|off controls memory lock support (default: off)\n"
3767 " cpu-pm=on|off controls cpu power management (default: off)\n",
3768 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003769SRST
3770``-overcommit mem-lock=on|off``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003771 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003772``-overcommit cpu-pm=on|off``
3773 Run qemu with hints about host resource overcommit. The default is
3774 to assume that host overcommits all resources.
3775
3776 Locking qemu and guest memory can be enabled via ``mem-lock=on``
3777 (disabled by default). This works when host memory is not
Thomas Huthc8c9dc42020-12-10 16:58:07 +01003778 overcommitted and reduces the worst-case latency for guest.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003779
3780 Guest ability to manage power state of host cpus (increasing latency
3781 for other processes on the same host cpu, but decreasing latency for
3782 guest) can be enabled via ``cpu-pm=on`` (disabled by default). This
3783 works best when host CPU is not overcommitted. When used, host
3784 estimates of CPU cycle and power utilization will be incorrect, not
3785 taking into account guest idle time.
3786ERST
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03003787
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003788DEF("gdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_gdb, \
Peter Maydelle5910d42020-04-03 10:40:14 +01003789 "-gdb dev accept gdb connection on 'dev'. (QEMU defaults to starting\n"
3790 " the guest without waiting for gdb to connect; use -S too\n"
3791 " if you want it to not start execution.)\n",
3792 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003793SRST
3794``-gdb dev``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01003795 Accept a gdb connection on device dev (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter
3796 in the System Emulation Users Guide). Note that this option does not pause QEMU
Peter Maydelle5910d42020-04-03 10:40:14 +01003797 execution -- if you want QEMU to not start the guest until you
3798 connect with gdb and issue a ``continue`` command, you will need to
3799 also pass the ``-S`` option to QEMU.
3800
3801 The most usual configuration is to listen on a local TCP socket::
3802
3803 -gdb tcp::3117
3804
3805 but you can specify other backends; UDP, pseudo TTY, or even stdio
3806 are all reasonable use cases. For example, a stdio connection
3807 allows you to start QEMU from within gdb and establish the
3808 connection via a pipe:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003809
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003810 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003811
3812 (gdb) target remote | exec |qemu_system| -gdb stdio ...
3813ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003814
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003815DEF("s", 0, QEMU_OPTION_s, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003816 "-s shorthand for -gdb tcp::" DEFAULT_GDBSTUB_PORT "\n",
3817 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003818SRST
3819``-s``
3820 Shorthand for -gdb tcp::1234, i.e. open a gdbserver on TCP port 1234
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01003821 (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003822ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003823
3824DEF("d", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_d, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003825 "-d item1,... enable logging of specified items (use '-d help' for a list of log items)\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003826 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003827SRST
3828``-d item1[,...]``
3829 Enable logging of specified items. Use '-d help' for a list of log
3830 items.
3831ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003832
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00003833DEF("D", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_D, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003834 "-D logfile output log to logfile (default stderr)\n",
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00003835 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003836SRST
3837``-D logfile``
3838 Output log in logfile instead of to stderr
3839ERST
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00003840
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00003841DEF("dfilter", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_DFILTER, \
3842 "-dfilter range,.. filter debug output to range of addresses (useful for -d cpu,exec,etc..)\n",
3843 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003844SRST
3845``-dfilter range1[,...]``
3846 Filter debug output to that relevant to a range of target addresses.
3847 The filter spec can be either start+size, start-size or start..end
3848 where start end and size are the addresses and sizes required. For
3849 example:
3850
3851 ::
3852
3853 -dfilter 0x8000..0x8fff,0xffffffc000080000+0x200,0xffffffc000060000-0x1000
3854
3855 Will dump output for any code in the 0x1000 sized block starting at
3856 0x8000 and the 0x200 sized block starting at 0xffffffc000080000 and
3857 another 0x1000 sized block starting at 0xffffffc00005f000.
3858ERST
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00003859
Richard Henderson9c09a252019-03-14 13:06:29 -07003860DEF("seed", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_seed, \
3861 "-seed number seed the pseudo-random number generator\n",
3862 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003863SRST
3864``-seed number``
3865 Force the guest to use a deterministic pseudo-random number
3866 generator, seeded with number. This does not affect crypto routines
3867 within the host.
3868ERST
Richard Henderson9c09a252019-03-14 13:06:29 -07003869
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003870DEF("L", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_L, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003871 "-L path set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps\n",
3872 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003873SRST
3874``-L path``
3875 Set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps.
3876
3877 To list all the data directories, use ``-L help``.
3878ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003879
3880DEF("bios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_bios, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003881 "-bios file set the filename for the BIOS\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003882SRST
3883``-bios file``
3884 Set the filename for the BIOS.
3885ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003886
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003887DEF("enable-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_kvm, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003888 "-enable-kvm enable KVM full virtualization support\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003889SRST
3890``-enable-kvm``
3891 Enable KVM full virtualization support. This option is only
3892 available if KVM support is enabled when compiling.
3893ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003894
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00003895DEF("xen-domid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003896 "-xen-domid id specify xen guest domain id\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00003897DEF("xen-attach", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_attach,
3898 "-xen-attach attach to existing xen domain\n"
Anthony PERARD1077bca2018-09-14 12:18:30 +01003899 " libxl will use this when starting QEMU\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003900 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Paul Durrant1c599472017-03-22 09:39:15 +00003901DEF("xen-domid-restrict", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid_restrict,
3902 "-xen-domid-restrict restrict set of available xen operations\n"
3903 " to specified domain id. (Does not affect\n"
3904 " xenpv machine type).\n",
3905 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003906SRST
3907``-xen-domid id``
3908 Specify xen guest domain id (XEN only).
3909
3910``-xen-attach``
3911 Attach to existing xen domain. libxl will use this when starting
3912 QEMU (XEN only). Restrict set of available xen operations to
3913 specified domain id (XEN only).
3914ERST
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00003915
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003916DEF("no-reboot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_reboot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003917 "-no-reboot exit instead of rebooting\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003918SRST
3919``-no-reboot``
3920 Exit instead of rebooting.
3921ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003922
3923DEF("no-shutdown", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_shutdown, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003924 "-no-shutdown stop before shutdown\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003925SRST
3926``-no-shutdown``
3927 Don't exit QEMU on guest shutdown, but instead only stop the
3928 emulation. This allows for instance switching to monitor to commit
3929 changes to the disk image.
3930ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003931
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05003932DEF("action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_action,
Paolo Bonzinic27025e2021-01-20 14:30:27 +01003933 "-action reboot=reset|shutdown\n"
3934 " action when guest reboots [default=reset]\n"
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05003935 "-action shutdown=poweroff|pause\n"
3936 " action when guest shuts down [default=poweroff]\n"
Paolo Bonzinic27025e2021-01-20 14:30:27 +01003937 "-action panic=pause|shutdown|none\n"
3938 " action when guest panics [default=shutdown]\n"
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05003939 "-action watchdog=reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n"
3940 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
3941 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3942SRST
3943``-action event=action``
3944 The action parameter serves to modify QEMU's default behavior when
3945 certain guest events occur. It provides a generic method for specifying the
3946 same behaviors that are modified by the ``-no-reboot`` and ``-no-shutdown``
3947 parameters.
3948
3949 Examples:
3950
Alejandro Jimenezc753e8e2020-12-11 17:31:52 -05003951 ``-action panic=none``
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05003952 ``-action reboot=shutdown,shutdown=pause``
3953 ``-watchdog i6300esb -action watchdog=pause``
3954
3955ERST
3956
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003957DEF("loadvm", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_loadvm, \
3958 "-loadvm [tag|id]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003959 " start right away with a saved state (loadvm in monitor)\n",
3960 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003961SRST
3962``-loadvm file``
3963 Start right away with a saved state (``loadvm`` in monitor)
3964ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003965
3966#ifndef _WIN32
3967DEF("daemonize", 0, QEMU_OPTION_daemonize, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003968 "-daemonize daemonize QEMU after initializing\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003969#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003970SRST
3971``-daemonize``
3972 Daemonize the QEMU process after initialization. QEMU will not
3973 detach from standard IO until it is ready to receive connections on
3974 any of its devices. This option is a useful way for external
3975 programs to launch QEMU without having to cope with initialization
3976 race conditions.
3977ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003978
3979DEF("option-rom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_option_rom, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003980 "-option-rom rom load a file, rom, into the option ROM space\n",
3981 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003982SRST
3983``-option-rom file``
3984 Load the contents of file as an option ROM. This option is useful to
3985 load things like EtherBoot.
3986ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003987
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003988DEF("rtc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rtc, \
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06003989 "-rtc [base=utc|localtime|<datetime>][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003990 " set the RTC base and clock, enable drift fix for clock ticks (x86 only)\n",
3991 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003992
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003993SRST
3994``-rtc [base=utc|localtime|datetime][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]``
3995 Specify ``base`` as ``utc`` or ``localtime`` to let the RTC start at
3996 the current UTC or local time, respectively. ``localtime`` is
3997 required for correct date in MS-DOS or Windows. To start at a
3998 specific point in time, provide datetime in the format
3999 ``2006-06-17T16:01:21`` or ``2006-06-17``. The default base is UTC.
4000
4001 By default the RTC is driven by the host system time. This allows
4002 using of the RTC as accurate reference clock inside the guest,
4003 specifically if the host time is smoothly following an accurate
4004 external reference clock, e.g. via NTP. If you want to isolate the
4005 guest time from the host, you can set ``clock`` to ``rt`` instead,
4006 which provides a host monotonic clock if host support it. To even
4007 prevent the RTC from progressing during suspension, you can set
4008 ``clock`` to ``vm`` (virtual clock). '\ ``clock=vm``\ ' is
4009 recommended especially in icount mode in order to preserve
4010 determinism; however, note that in icount mode the speed of the
4011 virtual clock is variable and can in general differ from the host
4012 clock.
4013
4014 Enable ``driftfix`` (i386 targets only) if you experience time drift
4015 problems, specifically with Windows' ACPI HAL. This option will try
4016 to figure out how many timer interrupts were not processed by the
4017 Windows guest and will re-inject them.
4018ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004019
4020DEF("icount", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_icount, \
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004021 "-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=<filename>[,rrsnapshot=<snapshot>]]\n" \
aliguoribc14ca22009-04-05 18:43:37 +00004022 " enable virtual instruction counter with 2^N clock ticks per\n" \
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02004023 " instruction, enable aligning the host and virtual clocks\n" \
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004024 " or disable real time cpu sleeping, and optionally enable\n" \
4025 " record-and-replay mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004026SRST
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004027``-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=filename[,rrsnapshot=snapshot]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004028 Enable virtual instruction counter. The virtual cpu will execute one
4029 instruction every 2^N ns of virtual time. If ``auto`` is specified
4030 then the virtual cpu speed will be automatically adjusted to keep
4031 virtual time within a few seconds of real time.
4032
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004033 Note that while this option can give deterministic behavior, it does
4034 not provide cycle accurate emulation. Modern CPUs contain
4035 superscalar out of order cores with complex cache hierarchies. The
4036 number of instructions executed often has little or no correlation
4037 with actual performance.
4038
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004039 When the virtual cpu is sleeping, the virtual time will advance at
4040 default speed unless ``sleep=on`` is specified. With
4041 ``sleep=on``, the virtual time will jump to the next timer
4042 deadline instantly whenever the virtual cpu goes to sleep mode and
4043 will not advance if no timer is enabled. This behavior gives
4044 deterministic execution times from the guest point of view.
4045 The default if icount is enabled is ``sleep=off``.
4046 ``sleep=on`` cannot be used together with either ``shift=auto``
4047 or ``align=on``.
4048
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004049 ``align=on`` will activate the delay algorithm which will try to
4050 synchronise the host clock and the virtual clock. The goal is to
4051 have a guest running at the real frequency imposed by the shift
4052 option. Whenever the guest clock is behind the host clock and if
4053 ``align=on`` is specified then we print a message to the user to
4054 inform about the delay. Currently this option does not work when
4055 ``shift`` is ``auto``. Note: The sync algorithm will work for those
4056 shift values for which the guest clock runs ahead of the host clock.
4057 Typically this happens when the shift value is high (how high
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004058 depends on the host machine). The default if icount is enabled
4059 is ``align=off``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004060
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004061 When the ``rr`` option is specified deterministic record/replay is
4062 enabled. The ``rrfile=`` option must also be provided to
4063 specify the path to the replay log. In record mode data is written
4064 to this file, and in replay mode it is read back.
4065 If the ``rrsnapshot`` option is given then it specifies a VM snapshot
4066 name. In record mode, a new VM snapshot with the given name is created
4067 at the start of execution recording. In replay mode this option
4068 specifies the snapshot name used to load the initial VM state.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004069ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004070
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004071DEF("watchdog", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog, \
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02004072 "-watchdog model\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004073 " enable virtual hardware watchdog [default=none]\n",
4074 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004075SRST
4076``-watchdog model``
4077 Create a virtual hardware watchdog device. Once enabled (by a guest
4078 action), the watchdog must be periodically polled by an agent inside
4079 the guest or else the guest will be restarted. Choose a model for
4080 which your guest has drivers.
4081
4082 The model is the model of hardware watchdog to emulate. Use
4083 ``-watchdog help`` to list available hardware models. Only one
4084 watchdog can be enabled for a guest.
4085
4086 The following models may be available:
4087
4088 ``ib700``
4089 iBASE 700 is a very simple ISA watchdog with a single timer.
4090
4091 ``i6300esb``
4092 Intel 6300ESB I/O controller hub is a much more featureful
4093 PCI-based dual-timer watchdog.
4094
4095 ``diag288``
4096 A virtual watchdog for s390x backed by the diagnose 288
4097 hypercall (currently KVM only).
4098ERST
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004099
4100DEF("watchdog-action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog_action, \
Markus Armbruster7ad92702017-10-02 16:03:07 +02004101 "-watchdog-action reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004102 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
4103 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004104SRST
4105``-watchdog-action action``
4106 The action controls what QEMU will do when the watchdog timer
4107 expires. The default is ``reset`` (forcefully reset the guest).
4108 Other possible actions are: ``shutdown`` (attempt to gracefully
4109 shutdown the guest), ``poweroff`` (forcefully poweroff the guest),
4110 ``inject-nmi`` (inject a NMI into the guest), ``pause`` (pause the
4111 guest), ``debug`` (print a debug message and continue), or ``none``
4112 (do nothing).
4113
4114 Note that the ``shutdown`` action requires that the guest responds
4115 to ACPI signals, which it may not be able to do in the sort of
4116 situations where the watchdog would have expired, and thus
4117 ``-watchdog-action shutdown`` is not recommended for production use.
4118
4119 Examples:
4120
4121 ``-watchdog i6300esb -watchdog-action pause``; \ ``-watchdog ib700``
4122
4123ERST
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004124
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004125DEF("echr", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_echr, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004126 "-echr chr set terminal escape character instead of ctrl-a\n",
4127 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004128SRST
4129``-echr numeric_ascii_value``
4130 Change the escape character used for switching to the monitor when
4131 using monitor and serial sharing. The default is ``0x01`` when using
4132 the ``-nographic`` option. ``0x01`` is equal to pressing
4133 ``Control-a``. You can select a different character from the ascii
4134 control keys where 1 through 26 map to Control-a through Control-z.
4135 For instance you could use the either of the following to change the
4136 escape character to Control-t.
4137
4138 ``-echr 0x14``; \ ``-echr 20``
4139
4140ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004141
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004142DEF("incoming", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_incoming, \
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004143 "-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \
4144 "-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03004145 "-incoming unix:socketpath\n" \
4146 " prepare for incoming migration, listen on\n" \
4147 " specified protocol and socket address\n" \
4148 "-incoming fd:fd\n" \
4149 "-incoming exec:cmdline\n" \
4150 " accept incoming migration on given file descriptor\n" \
Dr. David Alan Gilbert15970512015-05-29 19:52:52 +01004151 " or from given external command\n" \
4152 "-incoming defer\n" \
4153 " wait for the URI to be specified via migrate_incoming\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004154 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004155SRST
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004156``-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004157 \
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004158``-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004159 Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given tcp port.
4160
4161``-incoming unix:socketpath``
4162 Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given unix socket.
4163
4164``-incoming fd:fd``
4165 Accept incoming migration from a given filedescriptor.
4166
4167``-incoming exec:cmdline``
4168 Accept incoming migration as an output from specified external
4169 command.
4170
4171``-incoming defer``
4172 Wait for the URI to be specified via migrate\_incoming. The monitor
4173 can be used to change settings (such as migration parameters) prior
4174 to issuing the migrate\_incoming to allow the migration to begin.
4175ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004176
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05304177DEF("only-migratable", 0, QEMU_OPTION_only_migratable, \
4178 "-only-migratable allow only migratable devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004179SRST
4180``-only-migratable``
4181 Only allow migratable devices. Devices will not be allowed to enter
4182 an unmigratable state.
4183ERST
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05304184
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004185DEF("nodefaults", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nodefaults, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004186 "-nodefaults don't create default devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004187SRST
4188``-nodefaults``
4189 Don't create default devices. Normally, QEMU sets the default
4190 devices like serial port, parallel port, virtual console, monitor
4191 device, VGA adapter, floppy and CD-ROM drive and others. The
4192 ``-nodefaults`` option will disable all those default devices.
4193ERST
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004194
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004195#ifndef _WIN32
4196DEF("chroot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chroot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004197 "-chroot dir chroot to dir just before starting the VM\n",
4198 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004199#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004200SRST
4201``-chroot dir``
4202 Immediately before starting guest execution, chroot to the specified
4203 directory. Especially useful in combination with -runas.
4204ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004205
4206#ifndef _WIN32
4207DEF("runas", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_runas, \
Ian Jackson2c42f1e2017-09-15 18:10:44 +01004208 "-runas user change to user id user just before starting the VM\n" \
4209 " user can be numeric uid:gid instead\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004210 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004211#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004212SRST
4213``-runas user``
4214 Immediately before starting guest execution, drop root privileges,
4215 switching to the specified user.
4216ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004217
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004218DEF("prom-env", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_prom_env,
4219 "-prom-env variable=value\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004220 " set OpenBIOS nvram variables\n",
4221 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004222SRST
4223``-prom-env variable=value``
4224 Set OpenBIOS nvram variable to given value (PPC, SPARC only).
4225
4226 ::
4227
4228 qemu-system-sparc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \
4229 -prom-env 'boot-device=sd(0,2,0):d' -prom-env 'boot-args=linux single'
4230
4231 ::
4232
4233 qemu-system-ppc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \
4234 -prom-env 'boot-device=hd:2,\yaboot' \
4235 -prom-env 'boot-args=conf=hd:2,\yaboot.conf'
4236ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004237DEF("semihosting", 0, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting,
Michael Wallef7bbcfb2014-04-22 20:18:42 +02004238 "-semihosting semihosting mode\n",
Leon Alrae3b3c1692015-06-19 11:08:43 +01004239 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA | QEMU_ARCH_LM32 |
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004240 QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2 | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004241SRST
4242``-semihosting``
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004243 Enable semihosting mode (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II, RISC-V only).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004244
4245 Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so
4246 should only be used with a trusted guest OS.
4247
4248 See the -semihosting-config option documentation for further
4249 information about the facilities this enables.
4250ERST
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00004251DEF("semihosting-config", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting_config,
Alex Bennée4e7f9032019-05-14 15:30:14 +01004252 "-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,arg=str[,...]]\n" \
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01004253 " semihosting configuration\n",
Leon Alrae3b3c1692015-06-19 11:08:43 +01004254QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA | QEMU_ARCH_LM32 |
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004255QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2 | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004256SRST
4257``-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,arg=str[,...]]``
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004258 Enable and configure semihosting (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II, RISC-V
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004259 only).
4260
4261 Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so
4262 should only be used with a trusted guest OS.
4263
4264 On Arm this implements the standard semihosting API, version 2.0.
4265
4266 On M68K this implements the "ColdFire GDB" interface used by
4267 libgloss.
4268
4269 Xtensa semihosting provides basic file IO calls, such as
4270 open/read/write/seek/select. Tensilica baremetal libc for ISS and
4271 linux platform "sim" use this interface.
4272
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004273 On RISC-V this implements the standard semihosting API, version 0.2.
4274
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004275 ``target=native|gdb|auto``
4276 Defines where the semihosting calls will be addressed, to QEMU
4277 (``native``) or to GDB (``gdb``). The default is ``auto``, which
4278 means ``gdb`` during debug sessions and ``native`` otherwise.
4279
4280 ``chardev=str1``
4281 Send the output to a chardev backend output for native or auto
4282 output when not in gdb
4283
4284 ``arg=str1,arg=str2,...``
4285 Allows the user to pass input arguments, and can be used
4286 multiple times to build up a list. The old-style
4287 ``-kernel``/``-append`` method of passing a command line is
4288 still supported for backward compatibility. If both the
4289 ``--semihosting-config arg`` and the ``-kernel``/``-append`` are
4290 specified, the former is passed to semihosting as it always
4291 takes precedence.
4292ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004293DEF("old-param", 0, QEMU_OPTION_old_param,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004294 "-old-param old param mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004295SRST
4296``-old-param``
4297 Old param mode (ARM only).
4298ERST
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004299
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004300DEF("sandbox", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sandbox, \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004301 "-sandbox on[,obsolete=allow|deny][,elevateprivileges=allow|deny|children]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004302 " [,spawn=allow|deny][,resourcecontrol=allow|deny]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01004303 " Enable seccomp mode 2 system call filter (default 'off').\n" \
4304 " use 'obsolete' to allow obsolete system calls that are provided\n" \
4305 " by the kernel, but typically no longer used by modern\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004306 " C library implementations.\n" \
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéd42304b2021-03-03 19:46:43 +01004307 " use 'elevateprivileges' to allow or deny the QEMU process ability\n" \
4308 " to elevate privileges using set*uid|gid system calls.\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004309 " The value 'children' will deny set*uid|gid system calls for\n" \
Eduardo Otubo995a2262017-03-13 22:16:01 +01004310 " main QEMU process but will allow forks and execves to run unprivileged\n" \
4311 " use 'spawn' to avoid QEMU to spawn new threads or processes by\n" \
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéd42304b2021-03-03 19:46:43 +01004312 " blocking *fork and execve\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004313 " use 'resourcecontrol' to disable process affinity and schedular priority\n",
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004314 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004315SRST
4316``-sandbox arg[,obsolete=string][,elevateprivileges=string][,spawn=string][,resourcecontrol=string]``
4317 Enable Seccomp mode 2 system call filter. 'on' will enable syscall
4318 filtering and 'off' will disable it. The default is 'off'.
4319
4320 ``obsolete=string``
4321 Enable Obsolete system calls
4322
4323 ``elevateprivileges=string``
4324 Disable set\*uid\|gid system calls
4325
4326 ``spawn=string``
4327 Disable \*fork and execve
4328
4329 ``resourcecontrol=string``
4330 Disable process affinity and schedular priority
4331ERST
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004332
Gerd Hoffmann715a6642009-10-14 10:39:28 +02004333DEF("readconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_readconfig,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004334 "-readconfig <file>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004335SRST
4336``-readconfig file``
4337 Read device configuration from file. This approach is useful when
4338 you want to spawn QEMU process with many command line options but
4339 you don't want to exceed the command line character limit.
4340ERST
Gerd Hoffmann715a6642009-10-14 10:39:28 +02004341DEF("writeconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_writeconfig,
4342 "-writeconfig <file>\n"
Paolo Bonzinib979c932021-02-25 11:55:27 +01004343 " read/write config file (deprecated)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004344SRST
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004345ERST
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004346
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004347DEF("no-user-config", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nouserconfig,
4348 "-no-user-config\n"
Eduardo Habkost3478eae2017-10-04 00:00:25 -03004349 " do not load default user-provided config files at startup\n",
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004350 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004351SRST
4352``-no-user-config``
4353 The ``-no-user-config`` option makes QEMU not load any of the
4354 user-provided config files on sysconfdir.
4355ERST
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004356
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004357DEF("trace", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_trace,
Paolo Bonzini10578a22016-01-07 16:55:26 +03004358 "-trace [[enable=]<pattern>][,events=<file>][,file=<file>]\n"
LluĂ­s23d15e82011-08-31 20:31:31 +02004359 " specify tracing options\n",
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004360 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004361SRST
4362``-trace [[enable=]pattern][,events=file][,file=file]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004363 .. include:: ../qemu-option-trace.rst.inc
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004364
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004365ERST
LluĂ­s Vilanova42229a72017-07-24 17:28:22 +03004366DEF("plugin", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_plugin,
4367 "-plugin [file=]<file>[,arg=<string>]\n"
4368 " load a plugin\n",
4369 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004370SRST
4371``-plugin file=file[,arg=string]``
4372 Load a plugin.
4373
4374 ``file=file``
4375 Load the given plugin from a shared library file.
4376
4377 ``arg=string``
4378 Argument string passed to the plugin. (Can be given multiple
4379 times.)
4380ERST
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004381
Markus Armbruster31e70d62013-02-13 19:49:37 +01004382HXCOMM Internal use
4383DEF("qtest", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4384DEF("qtest-log", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest_log, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Anthony Liguoric7f0f3b2012-03-28 15:42:02 +02004385
Paul Moore0f669982012-08-03 14:39:21 -04004386#ifdef __linux__
4387DEF("enable-fips", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enablefips,
4388 "-enable-fips enable FIPS 140-2 compliance\n",
4389 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4390#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004391SRST
4392``-enable-fips``
4393 Enable FIPS 140-2 compliance mode.
4394ERST
Paul Moore0f669982012-08-03 14:39:21 -04004395
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004396DEF("msg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_msg,
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004397 "-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name=[on|off]]\n"
Markus Armbrusterdeda4972019-10-10 10:15:08 +02004398 " control error message format\n"
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004399 " timestamp=on enables timestamps (default: off)\n"
4400 " guest-name=on enables guest name prefix but only if\n"
4401 " -name guest option is set (default: off)\n",
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004402 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004403SRST
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004404``-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name[=on|off]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004405 Control error message format.
4406
4407 ``timestamp=on|off``
4408 Prefix messages with a timestamp. Default is off.
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004409
4410 ``guest-name=on|off``
4411 Prefix messages with guest name but only if -name guest option is set
4412 otherwise the option is ignored. Default is off.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004413ERST
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004414
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304415DEF("dump-vmstate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dump_vmstate,
4416 "-dump-vmstate <file>\n"
4417 " Output vmstate information in JSON format to file.\n"
4418 " Use the scripts/vmstate-static-checker.py file to\n"
4419 " check for possible regressions in migration code\n"
Laurent Vivier23820532015-09-04 21:30:04 +02004420 " by comparing two such vmstate dumps.\n",
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304421 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004422SRST
4423``-dump-vmstate file``
4424 Dump json-encoded vmstate information for current machine type to
4425 file in file
4426ERST
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304427
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04004428DEF("enable-sync-profile", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_sync_profile,
4429 "-enable-sync-profile\n"
4430 " enable synchronization profiling\n",
4431 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004432SRST
4433``-enable-sync-profile``
4434 Enable synchronization profiling.
4435ERST
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04004436
Paolo Bonzini43f187a2017-01-04 13:50:37 +01004437DEFHEADING()
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02004438
4439DEFHEADING(Generic object creation:)
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004440
4441DEF("object", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_object,
4442 "-object TYPENAME[,PROP1=VALUE1,...]\n"
4443 " create a new object of type TYPENAME setting properties\n"
4444 " in the order they are specified. Note that the 'id'\n"
4445 " property must be set. These objects are placed in the\n"
4446 " '/objects' path.\n",
4447 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004448SRST
4449``-object typename[,prop1=value1,...]``
4450 Create a new object of type typename setting properties in the order
4451 they are specified. Note that the 'id' property must be set. These
4452 objects are placed in the '/objects' path.
4453
Stefan Hajnoczi86635aa2021-01-04 17:13:19 +00004454 ``-object memory-backend-file,id=id,size=size,mem-path=dir,share=on|off,discard-data=on|off,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,prealloc=on|off,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,align=align,readonly=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004455 Creates a memory file backend object, which can be used to back
4456 the guest RAM with huge pages.
4457
4458 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
4459 reference this memory region when configuring the ``-numa``
4460 argument.
4461
4462 The ``size`` option provides the size of the memory region, and
4463 accepts common suffixes, eg ``500M``.
4464
4465 The ``mem-path`` provides the path to either a shared memory or
4466 huge page filesystem mount.
4467
4468 The ``share`` boolean option determines whether the memory
4469 region is marked as private to QEMU, or shared. The latter
4470 allows a co-operating external process to access the QEMU memory
4471 region.
4472
4473 The ``share`` is also required for pvrdma devices due to
4474 limitations in the RDMA API provided by Linux.
4475
4476 Setting share=on might affect the ability to configure NUMA
4477 bindings for the memory backend under some circumstances, see
4478 Documentation/vm/numa\_memory\_policy.txt on the Linux kernel
4479 source tree for additional details.
4480
4481 Setting the ``discard-data`` boolean option to on indicates that
4482 file contents can be destroyed when QEMU exits, to avoid
4483 unnecessarily flushing data to the backing file. Note that
4484 ``discard-data`` is only an optimization, and QEMU might not
4485 discard file contents if it aborts unexpectedly or is terminated
4486 using SIGKILL.
4487
4488 The ``merge`` boolean option enables memory merge, also known as
4489 MADV\_MERGEABLE, so that Kernel Samepage Merging will consider
4490 the pages for memory deduplication.
4491
4492 Setting the ``dump`` boolean option to off excludes the memory
4493 from core dumps. This feature is also known as MADV\_DONTDUMP.
4494
4495 The ``prealloc`` boolean option enables memory preallocation.
4496
4497 The ``host-nodes`` option binds the memory range to a list of
4498 NUMA host nodes.
4499
4500 The ``policy`` option sets the NUMA policy to one of the
4501 following values:
4502
4503 ``default``
4504 default host policy
4505
4506 ``preferred``
4507 prefer the given host node list for allocation
4508
4509 ``bind``
4510 restrict memory allocation to the given host node list
4511
4512 ``interleave``
4513 interleave memory allocations across the given host node
4514 list
4515
4516 The ``align`` option specifies the base address alignment when
4517 QEMU mmap(2) ``mem-path``, and accepts common suffixes, eg
4518 ``2M``. Some backend store specified by ``mem-path`` requires an
4519 alignment different than the default one used by QEMU, eg the
4520 device DAX /dev/dax0.0 requires 2M alignment rather than 4K. In
4521 such cases, users can specify the required alignment via this
4522 option.
4523
4524 The ``pmem`` option specifies whether the backing file specified
4525 by ``mem-path`` is in host persistent memory that can be
4526 accessed using the SNIA NVM programming model (e.g. Intel
4527 NVDIMM). If ``pmem`` is set to 'on', QEMU will take necessary
4528 operations to guarantee the persistence of its own writes to
4529 ``mem-path`` (e.g. in vNVDIMM label emulation and live
4530 migration). Also, we will map the backend-file with MAP\_SYNC
4531 flag, which ensures the file metadata is in sync for
4532 ``mem-path`` in case of host crash or a power failure. MAP\_SYNC
4533 requires support from both the host kernel (since Linux kernel
4534 4.15) and the filesystem of ``mem-path`` mounted with DAX
4535 option.
4536
Stefan Hajnoczi86635aa2021-01-04 17:13:19 +00004537 The ``readonly`` option specifies whether the backing file is opened
4538 read-only or read-write (default).
4539
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004540 ``-object memory-backend-ram,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave``
4541 Creates a memory backend object, which can be used to back the
4542 guest RAM. Memory backend objects offer more control than the
4543 ``-m`` option that is traditionally used to define guest RAM.
4544 Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the
4545 options.
4546
4547 ``-object memory-backend-memfd,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,seal=on|off,hugetlb=on|off,hugetlbsize=size``
4548 Creates an anonymous memory file backend object, which allows
4549 QEMU to share the memory with an external process (e.g. when
4550 using vhost-user). The memory is allocated with memfd and
4551 optional sealing. (Linux only)
4552
4553 The ``seal`` option creates a sealed-file, that will block
4554 further resizing the memory ('on' by default).
4555
4556 The ``hugetlb`` option specify the file to be created resides in
4557 the hugetlbfs filesystem (since Linux 4.14). Used in conjunction
4558 with the ``hugetlb`` option, the ``hugetlbsize`` option specify
4559 the hugetlb page size on systems that support multiple hugetlb
4560 page sizes (it must be a power of 2 value supported by the
4561 system).
4562
4563 In some versions of Linux, the ``hugetlb`` option is
4564 incompatible with the ``seal`` option (requires at least Linux
4565 4.16).
4566
4567 Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the
4568 other options.
4569
4570 The ``share`` boolean option is on by default with memfd.
4571
4572 ``-object rng-builtin,id=id``
4573 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
4574 from QEMU builtin functions. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID
4575 that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the
4576 ``virtio-rng`` device. By default, the ``virtio-rng`` device
4577 uses this RNG backend.
4578
4579 ``-object rng-random,id=id,filename=/dev/random``
4580 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
4581 from a device on the host. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID
4582 that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the
4583 ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``filename`` parameter specifies
4584 which file to obtain entropy from and if omitted defaults to
4585 ``/dev/urandom``.
4586
4587 ``-object rng-egd,id=id,chardev=chardevid``
4588 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
4589 from an external daemon running on the host. The ``id``
4590 parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this
4591 entropy backend from the ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``chardev``
4592 parameter is the unique ID of a character device backend that
4593 provides the connection to the RNG daemon.
4594
4595 ``-object tls-creds-anon,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,verify-peer=on|off``
4596 Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to
4597 provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is
4598 a unique ID which network backends will use to access the
4599 credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client``
4600 depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the
4601 credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If
4602 ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake
4603 is completed, the peer credentials will be verified, though this
4604 is a no-op for anonymous credentials.
4605
4606 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files.
4607 For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
4608 dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the
4609 TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of
4610 DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
4611 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4612 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
4613 upfront and saved.
4614
4615 ``-object tls-creds-psk,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/keys/dir[,username=username]``
4616 Creates a TLS Pre-Shared Keys (PSK) credentials object, which
4617 can be used to provide TLS support on network backends. The
4618 ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which network backends will use
4619 to access the credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server``
4620 or ``client`` depending on whether the QEMU network backend that
4621 uses the credentials will be acting as a client or as a server.
4622 For clients only, ``username`` is the username which will be
4623 sent to the server. If omitted it defaults to "qemu".
4624
4625 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the keys file. It is
4626 called "dir/keys.psk" and contains "username:key" pairs. This
4627 file can most easily be created using the GnuTLS ``psktool``
4628 program.
4629
4630 For server endpoints, dir may also contain a file dh-params.pem
4631 providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the TLS server.
4632 If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of DH
4633 parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
4634 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4635 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated up
4636 front and saved.
4637
4638 ``-object tls-creds-x509,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,priority=priority,verify-peer=on|off,passwordid=id``
4639 Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to
4640 provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is
4641 a unique ID which network backends will use to access the
4642 credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client``
4643 depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the
4644 credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If
4645 ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake
4646 is completed, the peer credentials will be verified. With x509
4647 certificates, this implies that the clients must be provided
4648 with valid client certificates too.
4649
4650 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files.
4651 For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
4652 dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the
4653 TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of
4654 DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
4655 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4656 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
4657 upfront and saved.
4658
4659 For x509 certificate credentials the directory will contain
4660 further files providing the x509 certificates. The certificates
4661 must be stored in PEM format, in filenames ca-cert.pem,
4662 ca-crl.pem (optional), server-cert.pem (only servers),
4663 server-key.pem (only servers), client-cert.pem (only clients),
4664 and client-key.pem (only clients).
4665
4666 For the server-key.pem and client-key.pem files which contain
4667 sensitive private keys, it is possible to use an encrypted
4668 version by providing the passwordid parameter. This provides the
4669 ID of a previously created ``secret`` object containing the
4670 password for decryption.
4671
4672 The priority parameter allows to override the global default
4673 priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system
4674 administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for
4675 QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all
4676 applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger
4677 default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do
4678 this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority
4679 string as described at
4680 https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html.
4681
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé993aec22018-10-11 20:21:11 +02004682 ``-object tls-cipher-suites,id=id,priority=priority``
4683 Creates a TLS cipher suites object, which can be used to control
4684 the TLS cipher/protocol algorithms that applications are permitted
4685 to use.
4686
4687 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which frontends will use to
4688 access the ordered list of permitted TLS cipher suites from the
4689 host.
4690
4691 The ``priority`` parameter allows to override the global default
4692 priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system
4693 administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for
4694 QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all
4695 applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger
4696 default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do
4697 this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority
4698 string as described at
4699 https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html.
4700
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé69699f32020-05-14 15:15:47 +02004701 An example of use of this object is to control UEFI HTTPS Boot.
4702 The tls-cipher-suites object exposes the ordered list of permitted
4703 TLS cipher suites from the host side to the guest firmware, via
4704 fw_cfg. The list is represented as an array of IANA_TLS_CIPHER
4705 objects. The firmware uses the IANA_TLS_CIPHER array for configuring
4706 guest-side TLS.
4707
4708 In the following example, the priority at which the host-side policy
4709 is retrieved is given by the ``priority`` property.
4710 Given that QEMU uses GNUTLS, ``priority=@SYSTEM`` may be used to
4711 refer to /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/gnutls.config.
4712
4713 .. parsed-literal::
4714
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02004715 # |qemu_system| \\
4716 -object tls-cipher-suites,id=mysuite0,priority=@SYSTEM \\
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé69699f32020-05-14 15:15:47 +02004717 -fw_cfg name=etc/edk2/https/ciphers,gen_id=mysuite0
4718
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004719 ``-object filter-buffer,id=id,netdev=netdevid,interval=t[,queue=all|rx|tx][,status=on|off][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
4720 Interval t can't be 0, this filter batches the packet delivery:
4721 all packets arriving in a given interval on netdev netdevid are
4722 delayed until the end of the interval. Interval is in
4723 microseconds. ``status`` is optional that indicate whether the
4724 netfilter is on (enabled) or off (disabled), the default status
4725 for netfilter will be 'on'.
4726
4727 queue all\|rx\|tx is an option that can be applied to any
4728 netfilter.
4729
4730 ``all``: the filter is attached both to the receive and the
4731 transmit queue of the netdev (default).
4732
4733 ``rx``: the filter is attached to the receive queue of the
4734 netdev, where it will receive packets sent to the netdev.
4735
4736 ``tx``: the filter is attached to the transmit queue of the
4737 netdev, where it will receive packets sent by the netdev.
4738
4739 position head\|tail\|id=<id> is an option to specify where the
4740 filter should be inserted in the filter list. It can be applied
4741 to any netfilter.
4742
4743 ``head``: the filter is inserted at the head of the filter list,
4744 before any existing filters.
4745
4746 ``tail``: the filter is inserted at the tail of the filter list,
4747 behind any existing filters (default).
4748
4749 ``id=<id>``: the filter is inserted before or behind the filter
4750 specified by <id>, see the insert option below.
4751
4752 insert behind\|before is an option to specify where to insert
4753 the new filter relative to the one specified with
4754 position=id=<id>. It can be applied to any netfilter.
4755
4756 ``before``: insert before the specified filter.
4757
4758 ``behind``: insert behind the specified filter (default).
4759
4760 ``-object filter-mirror,id=id,netdev=netdevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
4761 filter-mirror on netdev netdevid,mirror net packet to
4762 chardevchardevid, if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag,
4763 filter-mirror will mirror packet with vnet\_hdr\_len.
4764
4765 ``-object filter-redirector,id=id,netdev=netdevid,indev=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
4766 filter-redirector on netdev netdevid,redirect filter's net
4767 packet to chardev chardevid,and redirect indev's packet to
4768 filter.if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag, filter-redirector
4769 will redirect packet with vnet\_hdr\_len. Create a
4770 filter-redirector we need to differ outdev id from indev id, id
4771 can not be the same. we can just use indev or outdev, but at
4772 least one of indev or outdev need to be specified.
4773
4774 ``-object filter-rewriter,id=id,netdev=netdevid,queue=all|rx|tx,[vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
4775 Filter-rewriter is a part of COLO project.It will rewrite tcp
4776 packet to secondary from primary to keep secondary tcp
4777 connection,and rewrite tcp packet to primary from secondary make
4778 tcp packet can be handled by client.if it has the
4779 vnet\_hdr\_support flag, we can parse packet with vnet header.
4780
4781 usage: colo secondary: -object
4782 filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0 -object
4783 filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1 -object
4784 filter-rewriter,id=rew0,netdev=hn0,queue=all
4785
4786 ``-object filter-dump,id=id,netdev=dev[,file=filename][,maxlen=len][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
4787 Dump the network traffic on netdev dev to the file specified by
4788 filename. At most len bytes (64k by default) per packet are
4789 stored. The file format is libpcap, so it can be analyzed with
4790 tools such as tcpdump or Wireshark.
4791
Zhang Chena2e5cb72020-06-24 09:20:41 +08004792 ``-object colo-compare,id=id,primary_in=chardevid,secondary_in=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,iothread=id[,vnet_hdr_support][,notify_dev=id][,compare_timeout=@var{ms}][,expired_scan_cycle=@var{ms}][,max_queue_size=@var{size}]``
Zhang Chen2b28a7e2020-06-24 09:20:42 +08004793 Colo-compare gets packet from primary\_in chardevid and
4794 secondary\_in, then compare whether the payload of primary packet
4795 and secondary packet are the same. If same, it will output
4796 primary packet to out\_dev, else it will notify COLO-framework to do
4797 checkpoint and send primary packet to out\_dev. In order to
4798 improve efficiency, we need to put the task of comparison in
4799 another iothread. If it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag,
4800 colo compare will send/recv packet with vnet\_hdr\_len.
4801 The compare\_timeout=@var{ms} determines the maximum time of the
4802 colo-compare hold the packet. The expired\_scan\_cycle=@var{ms}
4803 is to set the period of scanning expired primary node network packets.
4804 The max\_queue\_size=@var{size} is to set the max compare queue
4805 size depend on user environment.
4806 If user want to use Xen COLO, need to add the notify\_dev to
Zhang Chen9cc43c92020-03-18 16:23:19 +08004807 notify Xen colo-frame to do checkpoint.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004808
Zhang Chen2b28a7e2020-06-24 09:20:42 +08004809 COLO-compare must be used with the help of filter-mirror,
4810 filter-redirector and filter-rewriter.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004811
4812 ::
4813
4814 KVM COLO
4815
4816 primary:
4817 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
4818 -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004819 -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off
4820 -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off
4821 -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004822 -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004823 -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004824 -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
4825 -object iothread,id=iothread1
4826 -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
4827 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
4828 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
4829 -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,iothread=iothread1
4830
4831 secondary:
4832 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
4833 -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
4834 -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
4835 -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
4836 -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
4837 -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
4838
4839
4840 Xen COLO
4841
4842 primary:
4843 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
4844 -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004845 -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off
4846 -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off
4847 -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004848 -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004849 -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004850 -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004851 -chardev socket,id=notify_way,host=3.3.3.3,port=9009,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004852 -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
4853 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
4854 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
4855 -object iothread,id=iothread1
4856 -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,notify_dev=nofity_way,iothread=iothread1
4857
4858 secondary:
4859 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
4860 -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
4861 -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
4862 -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
4863 -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
4864 -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
4865
4866 If you want to know the detail of above command line, you can
4867 read the colo-compare git log.
4868
4869 ``-object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=id[,queues=queues]``
4870 Creates a cryptodev backend which executes crypto opreation from
4871 the QEMU cipher APIS. The id parameter is a unique ID that will
4872 be used to reference this cryptodev backend from the
4873 ``virtio-crypto`` device. The queues parameter is optional,
4874 which specify the queue number of cryptodev backend, the default
4875 of queues is 1.
4876
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004877 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004878
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02004879 # |qemu_system| \\
4880 [...] \\
4881 -object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=cryptodev0 \\
4882 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004883 [...]
4884
4885 ``-object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=id,chardev=chardevid[,queues=queues]``
4886 Creates a vhost-user cryptodev backend, backed by a chardev
4887 chardevid. The id parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
4888 reference this cryptodev backend from the ``virtio-crypto``
4889 device. The chardev should be a unix domain socket backed one.
4890 The vhost-user uses a specifically defined protocol to pass
4891 vhost ioctl replacement messages to an application on the other
4892 end of the socket. The queues parameter is optional, which
4893 specify the queue number of cryptodev backend for multiqueue
4894 vhost-user, the default of queues is 1.
4895
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004896 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004897
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02004898 # |qemu_system| \\
4899 [...] \\
4900 -chardev socket,id=chardev0,path=/path/to/socket \\
4901 -object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=cryptodev0,chardev=chardev0 \\
4902 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004903 [...]
4904
4905 ``-object secret,id=id,data=string,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004906 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004907 ``-object secret,id=id,file=filename,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]``
4908 Defines a secret to store a password, encryption key, or some
4909 other sensitive data. The sensitive data can either be passed
4910 directly via the data parameter, or indirectly via the file
4911 parameter. Using the data parameter is insecure unless the
4912 sensitive data is encrypted.
4913
4914 The sensitive data can be provided in raw format (the default),
4915 or base64. When encoded as JSON, the raw format only supports
4916 valid UTF-8 characters, so base64 is recommended for sending
4917 binary data. QEMU will convert from which ever format is
4918 provided to the format it needs internally. eg, an RBD password
4919 can be provided in raw format, even though it will be base64
4920 encoded when passed onto the RBD sever.
4921
4922 For added protection, it is possible to encrypt the data
4923 associated with a secret using the AES-256-CBC cipher. Use of
4924 encryption is indicated by providing the keyid and iv
4925 parameters. The keyid parameter provides the ID of a previously
4926 defined secret that contains the AES-256 decryption key. This
4927 key should be 32-bytes long and be base64 encoded. The iv
4928 parameter provides the random initialization vector used for
4929 encryption of this particular secret and should be a base64
4930 encrypted string of the 16-byte IV.
4931
4932 The simplest (insecure) usage is to provide the secret inline
4933
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004934 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004935
4936 # |qemu_system| -object secret,id=sec0,data=letmein,format=raw
4937
4938 The simplest secure usage is to provide the secret via a file
4939
4940 # printf "letmein" > mypasswd.txt # QEMU\_SYSTEM\_MACRO -object
4941 secret,id=sec0,file=mypasswd.txt,format=raw
4942
4943 For greater security, AES-256-CBC should be used. To illustrate
4944 usage, consider the openssl command line tool which can encrypt
4945 the data. Note that when encrypting, the plaintext must be
4946 padded to the cipher block size (32 bytes) using the standard
4947 PKCS#5/6 compatible padding algorithm.
4948
4949 First a master key needs to be created in base64 encoding:
4950
4951 ::
4952
4953 # openssl rand -base64 32 > key.b64
4954 # KEY=$(base64 -d key.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
4955
4956 Each secret to be encrypted needs to have a random
4957 initialization vector generated. These do not need to be kept
4958 secret
4959
4960 ::
4961
4962 # openssl rand -base64 16 > iv.b64
4963 # IV=$(base64 -d iv.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
4964
4965 The secret to be defined can now be encrypted, in this case
4966 we're telling openssl to base64 encode the result, but it could
4967 be left as raw bytes if desired.
4968
4969 ::
4970
4971 # SECRET=$(printf "letmein" |
4972 openssl enc -aes-256-cbc -a -K $KEY -iv $IV)
4973
4974 When launching QEMU, create a master secret pointing to
4975 ``key.b64`` and specify that to be used to decrypt the user
4976 password. Pass the contents of ``iv.b64`` to the second secret
4977
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004978 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004979
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02004980 # |qemu_system| \\
4981 -object secret,id=secmaster0,format=base64,file=key.b64 \\
4982 -object secret,id=sec0,keyid=secmaster0,format=base64,\\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004983 data=$SECRET,iv=$(<iv.b64)
4984
4985 ``-object sev-guest,id=id,cbitpos=cbitpos,reduced-phys-bits=val,[sev-device=string,policy=policy,handle=handle,dh-cert-file=file,session-file=file]``
4986 Create a Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) guest object,
4987 which can be used to provide the guest memory encryption support
4988 on AMD processors.
4989
4990 When memory encryption is enabled, one of the physical address
4991 bit (aka the C-bit) is utilized to mark if a memory page is
4992 protected. The ``cbitpos`` is used to provide the C-bit
4993 position. The C-bit position is Host family dependent hence user
4994 must provide this value. On EPYC, the value should be 47.
4995
4996 When memory encryption is enabled, we loose certain bits in
4997 physical address space. The ``reduced-phys-bits`` is used to
4998 provide the number of bits we loose in physical address space.
4999 Similar to C-bit, the value is Host family dependent. On EPYC,
5000 the value should be 5.
5001
5002 The ``sev-device`` provides the device file to use for
5003 communicating with the SEV firmware running inside AMD Secure
5004 Processor. The default device is '/dev/sev'. If hardware
5005 supports memory encryption then /dev/sev devices are created by
5006 CCP driver.
5007
5008 The ``policy`` provides the guest policy to be enforced by the
5009 SEV firmware and restrict what configuration and operational
5010 commands can be performed on this guest by the hypervisor. The
5011 policy should be provided by the guest owner and is bound to the
5012 guest and cannot be changed throughout the lifetime of the
5013 guest. The default is 0.
5014
5015 If guest ``policy`` allows sharing the key with another SEV
5016 guest then ``handle`` can be use to provide handle of the guest
5017 from which to share the key.
5018
5019 The ``dh-cert-file`` and ``session-file`` provides the guest
5020 owner's Public Diffie-Hillman key defined in SEV spec. The PDH
5021 and session parameters are used for establishing a cryptographic
5022 session with the guest owner to negotiate keys used for
5023 attestation. The file must be encoded in base64.
5024
5025 e.g to launch a SEV guest
5026
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005027 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005028
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005029 # |qemu_system_x86| \\
5030 ...... \\
5031 -object sev-guest,id=sev0,cbitpos=47,reduced-phys-bits=5 \\
5032 -machine ...,memory-encryption=sev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005033 .....
5034
5035 ``-object authz-simple,id=id,identity=string``
5036 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5037 network services.
5038
5039 The ``identity`` parameter is identifies the user and its format
5040 depends on the network service that authorization object is
5041 associated with. For authorizing based on TLS x509 certificates,
5042 the identity must be the x509 distinguished name. Note that care
5043 must be taken to escape any commas in the distinguished name.
5044
5045 An example authorization object to validate a x509 distinguished
5046 name would look like:
5047
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005048 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005049
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005050 # |qemu_system| \\
5051 ... \\
5052 -object 'authz-simple,id=auth0,identity=CN=laptop.example.com,,O=Example Org,,L=London,,ST=London,,C=GB' \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005053 ...
5054
5055 Note the use of quotes due to the x509 distinguished name
5056 containing whitespace, and escaping of ','.
5057
Daniel P. Berrangé4d7beea2020-11-04 13:57:21 +00005058 ``-object authz-listfile,id=id,filename=path,refresh=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005059 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5060 network services.
5061
5062 The ``filename`` parameter is the fully qualified path to a file
5063 containing the access control list rules in JSON format.
5064
5065 An example set of rules that match against SASL usernames might
5066 look like:
5067
5068 ::
5069
5070 {
5071 "rules": [
5072 { "match": "fred", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5073 { "match": "bob", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5074 { "match": "danb", "policy": "deny", "format": "glob" },
5075 { "match": "dan*", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5076 ],
5077 "policy": "deny"
5078 }
5079
5080 When checking access the object will iterate over all the rules
5081 and the first rule to match will have its ``policy`` value
5082 returned as the result. If no rules match, then the default
5083 ``policy`` value is returned.
5084
5085 The rules can either be an exact string match, or they can use
5086 the simple UNIX glob pattern matching to allow wildcards to be
5087 used.
5088
5089 If ``refresh`` is set to true the file will be monitored and
5090 automatically reloaded whenever its content changes.
5091
5092 As with the ``authz-simple`` object, the format of the identity
5093 strings being matched depends on the network service, but is
5094 usually a TLS x509 distinguished name, or a SASL username.
5095
5096 An example authorization object to validate a SASL username
5097 would look like:
5098
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005099 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005100
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005101 # |qemu_system| \\
5102 ... \\
Daniel P. Berrangé4d7beea2020-11-04 13:57:21 +00005103 -object authz-simple,id=auth0,filename=/etc/qemu/vnc-sasl.acl,refresh=on \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005104 ...
5105
5106 ``-object authz-pam,id=id,service=string``
5107 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5108 network services.
5109
5110 The ``service`` parameter provides the name of a PAM service to
5111 use for authorization. It requires that a file
5112 ``/etc/pam.d/service`` exist to provide the configuration for
5113 the ``account`` subsystem.
5114
5115 An example authorization object to validate a TLS x509
5116 distinguished name would look like:
5117
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005118 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005119
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005120 # |qemu_system| \\
5121 ... \\
5122 -object authz-pam,id=auth0,service=qemu-vnc \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005123 ...
5124
5125 There would then be a corresponding config file for PAM at
5126 ``/etc/pam.d/qemu-vnc`` that contains:
5127
5128 ::
5129
5130 account requisite pam_listfile.so item=user sense=allow \
5131 file=/etc/qemu/vnc.allow
5132
5133 Finally the ``/etc/qemu/vnc.allow`` file would contain the list
5134 of x509 distingished names that are permitted access
5135
5136 ::
5137
5138 CN=laptop.example.com,O=Example Home,L=London,ST=London,C=GB
5139
5140 ``-object iothread,id=id,poll-max-ns=poll-max-ns,poll-grow=poll-grow,poll-shrink=poll-shrink``
5141 Creates a dedicated event loop thread that devices can be
5142 assigned to. This is known as an IOThread. By default device
5143 emulation happens in vCPU threads or the main event loop thread.
5144 This can become a scalability bottleneck. IOThreads allow device
5145 emulation and I/O to run on other host CPUs.
5146
5147 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
5148 reference this IOThread from ``-device ...,iothread=id``.
5149 Multiple devices can be assigned to an IOThread. Note that not
5150 all devices support an ``iothread`` parameter.
5151
5152 The ``query-iothreads`` QMP command lists IOThreads and reports
5153 their thread IDs so that the user can configure host CPU
5154 pinning/affinity.
5155
5156 IOThreads use an adaptive polling algorithm to reduce event loop
5157 latency. Instead of entering a blocking system call to monitor
5158 file descriptors and then pay the cost of being woken up when an
5159 event occurs, the polling algorithm spins waiting for events for
5160 a short time. The algorithm's default parameters are suitable
5161 for many cases but can be adjusted based on knowledge of the
5162 workload and/or host device latency.
5163
5164 The ``poll-max-ns`` parameter is the maximum number of
5165 nanoseconds to busy wait for events. Polling can be disabled by
5166 setting this value to 0.
5167
5168 The ``poll-grow`` parameter is the multiplier used to increase
5169 the polling time when the algorithm detects it is missing events
5170 due to not polling long enough.
5171
5172 The ``poll-shrink`` parameter is the divisor used to decrease
5173 the polling time when the algorithm detects it is spending too
5174 long polling without encountering events.
5175
5176 The polling parameters can be modified at run-time using the
5177 ``qom-set`` command (where ``iothread1`` is the IOThread's
5178 ``id``):
5179
5180 ::
5181
5182 (qemu) qom-set /objects/iothread1 poll-max-ns 100000
5183ERST
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01005184
5185
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01005186HXCOMM This is the last statement. Insert new options before this line!